Difference between revisions of "Deployment Team/Resources/GuideXOGabon"

From Sugar Labs
Jump to navigation Jump to search
(term for filled circle)
 
(40 intermediate revisions by 4 users not shown)
Line 1: Line 1:
==Understanding the format for the activities==
+
The following is a wikified copy of a mostly untouched [http://translate.google.com/translate_t?hl=en&sl=fr&tl=en# Google Translate] translation of this document, http://www.franxophonie.org/images/stories/fichiers/GuideXOGabon.pdf, from the OLPC Gabon FranXOphone website, http://www.franxophonie.org/.  Please see the original for credits.
===Name of activity===
+
 
====Activity Summary====
+
Images have not been included in this copy.
A summary description of the activity and its various functions.
+
 
====Affordances of the activity====
+
Translation improvements are needed and would be welcomed.
According to Gibson (1979), we can define the capacity as an affordance suggestive
+
<hr>
this action and apparent in the environment, ie that, by the way this
+
<div align=right>DRAFT</div>
is designed, the affordance suggests possible actions to those who interact. It
+
<div style="font-size: 1.0em; padding: 10px;" align=center>
further specifies that, for the user, the value of affordance should be reflected, therefore, be
+
<big>Guide to using the XO and the Sugar environment in the context
emerging. It is therefore a partial list of affordances identified by our
+
of a school in Gabon</big>
community resource people.
 
====Degree of centrality of the activity====
 
<image 1-5 scale>
 
  
Once the appropriation of affordances of fact our community
 
contacts examined the integration of curriculum system
 
gabonais school. Thus, we evaluated on a scale numbered from 1 to 5 the degree of
 
centrality of the activity in question (1 designating a device or extracurricular activity and
 
5 designating a core activity to meet the curriculum objectives of the program).
 
====Educational applications====
 
The educational applications are illustrated suggestions for ways to use the
 
XO activities in the school of Gabon. In compliance with the curriculum, our
 
community resource people has developed two to three applications pédagogiques
 
for each activity.
 
====''Title of application pédagogique''====
 
''Level (s)'': Target levels by applying educational
 
  
''Knowledge'': Knowledge addressed in accordance with the curricula.
+
''Under the direction of''
  
''Knowhow'': Know-how developed or raised in the application of pedagogical
+
Robert Angoué NDOUTOUME
activity in accordance with the suggested curriculum.
 
  
''History'': A proposal by the conduct of the activity focused on the roles of teacher
+
Thérèse Laferrière
and students.
+
 
====User's Guide for Activity====
+
 
Guide who directs you in the use of the activity. It will guide you in
+
''Editor''
features necessary for the achievement of educational applications. These small
 
user guides are complementary to ''Getting Started in XO and the environment
 
Sugar V.8.2.''
 
===Activity: Write===
 
====Activity Summary====
 
Students can write texts using different keys on the keyboard.
 
  
Business Writing allows the student to replicate the lessons, exercises and be able to
+
Kaçandre BOURDELAIS
correct.
 
  
With this activity, the teacher can easily check what the student wrote. It may include
 
an image or a table to better explain its course. Pass directly over
 
he wants to propose to students, which will be an advantage in terms of number of hours in this
 
meaning that the time that students often take to copy a lesson will be to
 
favor of another activity. This will also solve the problem of specification and manual
 
school.
 
====Affordances of the activity====
 
* Students can write different texts (narrative, explanatory, descriptive ...).
 
* The student can control what he says and correct mistakes.
 
* Students may work with other students (group work for example).
 
* The student can insert images or tables.
 
* The student can describe what fascinates him or what he imagines.
 
* Students can develop the ability to share.
 
* Students may also demonstrate a mastery of language and certain
 
theoretical content.
 
* Students no longer need to use the notebook, the pens or pencils, effaceurs, rule ...
 
* Students can demonstrate the spirit of synthesis.
 
* Students can send messages.
 
* Students may think the writing on various social issues.
 
* Students can write collaboratively on a document from their
 
respective devices.
 
* The student can communicate his or her learning and experience (please
 
information).
 
====Degree of centrality of the activity====
 
<image 5/5>
 
  
Business Writing is highly integrated into the curricula of french, mathematics and awareness
+
''Authors''
first to fifth grade. Indeed, very few activities can not
 
achieved without writing. Writing is the vehicle of thought, speech ... and
 
transversal to all areas.
 
====Application pédagogique 1====
 
====''Write is to act''====
 
''Level (s)'': 4th grade of primary
 
  
''Knowledge'': Text and sentence. Verb tense: past, present, future. The verb: infinitive and
+
Michelle Lydie ABIALABIE
group.
 
  
''Savoirfaire'':
+
Julie ADA MBENG
The student must be able to produce written texts containing phrases
 
whatsoever. Produce written texts in the past, future or present. Transforming
 
verbs in a sentence giving their infinitive and their group.
 
  
''History'':
+
Flora Corine ALLOGHO KEDZUI
  
The teacher leads students to produce any sentences in a text, for example:
+
Jean Paulin ALLOGO OBAME
* Students returning to class.
 
* Mom install the machine.
 
Then the teacher invites students to transform a text consisting of past to present
 
and the future and vice versa, for example: Yesterday, students arrived on time. Today, they
 
work and they will return tomorrow.
 
  
Finally, the teacher asks students to give the infinitives in brackets of
+
Clarisse ANGUEZOME NGUEMA
verbs of a text and their group, for example: they play in the playground (play 1st
 
group).
 
====Application pédagogique 2====
 
====''Writing is to recognize''====
 
''Level (s)'': 4th grade of primary
 
  
''Knowledge'': The breathing in humans. The lives of invertebrates: movement and nutrition.
+
Herménégilde BIYEGHE
  
''Savoirfaire'':
+
Géraldine BOUSSOUGOU BOUSSOUGOU
Identify the different respiratory organs
 
  
''History'':
+
Salomon ENGO MENDENE
  
The teacher asks students to classify animals according to their mode and
+
Guy Roger KABA
identify foods they consume.
 
  
1-Annotation of the respiratory organs of man.
+
Marie Edwige TSIEVA MABIKA ép.AKAGAH
  
The teacher will insert a picture of the respiratory organs of man and asked to
+
Brigitte MAVOUNGOU
students to annotate individual or group image.
+
 
To do this, he must click on the Write activity is represented by a folded sheet
+
Adrien Joseph MONEYI NKO
top left. Then he will click on image and it will insert the image he wants.
+
 
 +
Solange NDONG ESSANGUI
  
2-classification in a table according to the invertebrates living environment, the method of
+
Guy Noël NZOMO NDONG
displacement and the search of food consumed by each species.
 
  
This activity can also be done in groups or individually. The teacher will
 
Table and click on the tables according to the number of columns and rows and
 
ask students to fill this table.
 
====Pedagogical application 3====
 
====''Writing a text''====
 
''Level (s)'': From the third to the fifth grade of primary
 
  
''Knowledge'': The portrait
+
''Collaborators''
  
''Savoirfaire'':
+
Hilaire  BIBANG-ASSOUMOU
Describing a place, an object, fact, a character or an animal
 
  
''History'':
+
Jacques DÉSAUTELS
 +
</div>
 +
<div align=right>February 2009</div>
 +
==Forward==
 +
The law 16/66 of 9 August 1966 on the organization of education in the Republic
 +
Gabon, in Article 3 stipulates that "education must ensure the physical,
 +
intellectual, moral and civic future of citizen [...] "In Article 5, one can read" the
 +
teaching methods using all modern means of more appropriate
 +
lectures. The programs will be based on social conditions and
 +
and their economic development. " To dock with these requirements, the purposes
 +
Education school gabonaise address the objectives of integration (in reference to
 +
the establishment of the aproche by basic skills.
  
The teacher asks students to describe an incident experienced during the holidays.
+
Since the 1990s, these guidelines attempt to consolidate knowledge, skills and
 +
knowledge being essential to education, education and training of all citizens,
 +
development actor. Indeed, the integration of ICT into the school system is more
 +
show views of the many initiatives undertaken by the policy on this subject. This is the
 +
why the student in the Master's in Science Education
 +
Laval University of Quebec in collaboration with the Ecole Normale Superieure (ENS) in
 +
Libreville, offers a guide to implementation of educational XO (small green computer produced by the Foundation One Laptop per Child (OLPC), as the concept of Nicholas
 +
Negroponte) aimed
 +
particularly to teachers and future teachers and
 +
teachers of primary, regardless of class maintenance and educational activities
 +
considered.
  
Then the teacher invites students to bring in a group, they can build
+
The purpose of this guide is to contribute to the effective integration of XO in the system
collectively descriptive text in synchrony.
+
Gabonese education beginning with primary education.
  
By working in the same document, students can share and share
+
This study guide and inform the teacher is used, depending on the activities of XO, landmarks
activities they have carried out during the holidays.
+
animation class. It can find tracks of activities around different themes
====User's Guide to Writing activity:====
+
content in the curricula of primary school gabonaise.
Email this activity is found in the Home view. To access, click on
 
Email icon (icon with the corner is folded in the top left with a pencil) with the button
 
left (X) of the touchpad.
 
<image Home view>
 
  
After clicking on this icon, the leaf appears, then you can write using the
+
It may also be of interest politics in order to establish an education policy which
keyboard.
+
advocates strengthening the capacity for technological literacy, deepening
<image Write screen>
+
knowledge and creation of knowledge, approaches proposed and supported by the
 +
Standards UNESCO ICT competences of teachers.
  
When the Text tab is highlighted (as in the picture above), it is possible to
+
Finally, this study guide can help the student at the center of all
change the size of the writing, the police, put in bold characters, the
+
learning activities, development of interdisciplinary skills related to
stress, to place them in italics and align the text.
+
life, he is placed in the center of all activities carried out under
It is possible to modify a text by pressing the Edit tab, two arrows
+
learning.
appear: one for Cancel, which tends to the left and another for Restored
+
==Introduction==
tends to the right (see illustration below).
+
For years, Gabon has committed in the fight against poverty. This
<image Edit tab toolbar>
+
Indeed, he placed one of its priorities "Quality education for all."
 +
 
 +
Strengthening and revision of content, as well as the updating of
 +
mechanisms for assessing learners undertaken as the primary demonstration
 +
of this resolution.
  
It is also possible to make pictures by clicking the Table tab, some
+
In this perspective, the integration of XO in the education system must be gabonais
number of options appear, including the insertion of the table with the number of columns and
+
be in line with the established curriculum on the skills to develop.
lines that we want, insert a line, a column and their removal (see
 
illustration below).
 
<image Table tab toolbar>
 
  
To insert an image inside the text, simply click on the tab
+
Indeed, the new primary school provision gabonaise Profile
Image icon and then click Insert Image. Then, a window appears to select
+
skills of the person to form, ie after a learning cycle
the image is in the Journal of the computer. To insert the image into the text, it
+
considered in the learner's ability to perform a task or solve situations
Just click on the icon of the desired image.
+
problems adequately, using relevant knowledge and including also
<image Image selection panel>
+
sizes cognitive, affective, psychomotor and social. In this case, the student learns to
 +
integrate its acquired french, mathematics, and in waking life situations
 +
common. The XO, by its configuration, as it shows the student center and its
 +
learning all around him, can help students to better strengthen its achievements.
  
===Read Activity===
+
As a result, the value of XO in the context of the PCA is essentially three
====Activity Summary====
+
levels: to give meaning to learning, making learning more effective set
Read The activity enables learners to read documents in PDF (Portable
+
greater achievements. The XO can be considered as round as a didactic
Document Format). It is therefore possible for a teacher to distribute to students
+
in connection with the specification of situations targeted by the student and the integration module and
many educational resources, books, electronic items found on
+
dock operation of the PCA. Because the competency-based approach aims at
the Internet. In the first year of primary education in Gabon, reading becomes
+
Child behavior problem solving situation, the XO will integrate
fundamental. In practice, reading is a specific technique and pronunciation,
+
learning process as an additional methodological. In this
understanding of words and texts, recognition and discovery of spelling
+
perspective, a reminder of how the CPA and its Methodological tools
words. Thus, reading is an appropriate means of appropriation of knowledge
+
will clarify the adequacy of the XO.
for the student. At the level of XO, reading contributes to the formation of the spirit of research.
 
====Affordances of the activity====
 
* The student may consult any written materials and recorded in the log (the
 
PDF documents therein).
 
* The student may also read those on the USB key.
 
* Reading can also be done collaboratively, in that the student may invite
 
friends to see the same document it.
 
* The Internet offers the opportunity to seek and find PDF documents
 
relevant to educational activities.
 
* The student can find a word in the text
 
* The student can rotate the text, change size, enlarge
 
characters, decrease or increase the brightness. The student performs these
 
settings according to his needs in reading.
 
====Degree of centrality of the activity====
 
<image 5/5>
 
  
The diachronic aspect of writing gives the reading of paramount importance to the school. Read
+
Indeed, competency-based approach seeks to give meaning to learning through
is a core activity. The XO as e-book allows students
+
a framework for resolution of significant problems (as target problems), use
deepen their knowledge. The documents will be available depending on the level
+
grids of evaluation criteria reliable, objective and customized through the use
school students.
+
Planning an airy, consistent and appropriate to the context. In terms of tools, there are
====Application pédagogique 1====
+
the existence of methodological tools and physical media. The first cover
''Level (s)'': 4th and 5th grade of primary
+
aspects of learning content (knowledge, know-how, skills), examples
 +
activities, location problem (problem of life and therefore complex
 +
meaningful to the learner, mobilizing all resources, knowledge, know-how,
 +
of skills). The latter include amongst others the curriculum (combination
 +
by the purposes, content, skills, teaching methods and modalities
 +
Evaluation of a training course); guide integration (all directions
 +
teaching made available to the teacher to assess the child and the book
 +
situation (in which the activities planned for integration). According to the XO
 +
design condenses these components both in terms of functionality
 +
and in the implementation of activities made visible in the light of
 +
different affordances explained to the first chapter of this guide. The XO could be
 +
used in both training exercises in the resolution of situations
 +
problems of integration. In other words, exercises and situations
 +
problems will be placed on the USB key by the developer so that the learner at the end of a cycle
 +
learning to serve. The current physical media can serve as a benchmark for
 +
all these creations.
  
''Knowledge'': Search and read the texts containing information in the XO.
+
This guide (which needs to be improved by all educational contributions) can be used by school children and adults
 +
XO users in the training of resource persons who will be experts
 +
to train a large number of educators. It presents in its pages a recent
 +
glossary is not exhaustive and is primarily composed of three chapters
 +
respectively trace the first integration of ICT in schools to
 +
the XO and the need for their use in all modern societies that aspire to
 +
all-out development, taking into account the educational purposes of each
 +
nation. Then it contains a broad description of activities used in
 +
learning and teaching indicates applications that may be made
 +
school curricula in accordance with the Gabonese. And finally, the last chapter is a
 +
springboard to explore the pedagogy of the project when using the XO. These projects with
 +
themes are located can discuss possible solutions to problems
 +
the environment of the student Gabon.
 +
==Chapter 1==
 +
Based on the premise that information technology and communication are a
 +
and pervasive challenge in the 21st century, where it has invaded all
 +
sectors. The computer becomes a tool for promoting and
 +
deepening and the creation of knowledge. The school institution for the training of
 +
future citizens and it is open with the ambition to become familiar with this tool. In
 +
level, initiatives have flourished, and before any official devote
 +
ICT in schools. Today, these tools have become indispensable to the point where
 +
is no longer a "modern" without them. ICT has made a
 +
spectacular in education to become a teaching tool and
 +
education with which we must join if we do not want to fall behind
 +
in the evolution and development of the world of education. It is in this context that the
 +
skills in ICT and especially the micro-computer for both
 +
teachers for students in context is a matter of importance. The meaning
 +
the advent of XO in primary lies therefore in the initiation of students to the culture of
 +
knowledge creation in the early years of schooling. We ask
 +
However, the question, what is the relevance of ICTs in
 +
teaching methods, but also in teaching methods and
 +
learning? To do this, we entreverrons:
  
''Savoirfaire'':
+
* The educational purposes;
See the electronic book of XO to read texts in the
+
* The metaphor underlying the design of the XO operating system;
heading 'understanding of texts "
+
* The relevance and burden associated with the introduction of IT in
 +
school context.
 +
===The educational purposes===
 +
In the law 16/66 of 9 August 1966:
  
''History'':
+
In its 5th section, this Act provides that "teaching methods use all
 +
modern means appropriate in addition to lectures. The programs will be
 +
based social and economic conditions and trends. "
  
Sugar on the platform into the Journal to view the document author Jean
+
The loi16/66 of 9 August 1966 on the organization of education in Gabon, states
de la Fontaine.
+
3rd Article: "The education must ensure the physical, intellectual,
====Application pédagogique 2====
+
moral and civic future citizens. It must contribute to national unity and cohesion
''Level (s)'': From the 3rd to 5th grade.
+
social, thanks to information and exchange of information with other bodies
 +
the state. " Education must therefore provide the individual training multidimensional. The
 +
educational policy in Gabon seeks development, social integration and
 +
economic citizen. It should make the student to develop their curiosity about
 +
of society and the world around them better by openness, but also
 +
participate in economic and social development of his country.
  
''Knowledge'': Look for information on a topic. Use a dictionary.
+
In its 5th section, this Act (16/66) stipulates that "teaching methods
 +
using all modern means appropriate in addition to lectures. In this,
 +
ICT is a good response to these expectations. With this in mind that policies
 +
educational advocate the strengthening of technological education, but also
 +
integration of IT in schools. The integration of ICT in context
 +
school is not subject to any challenge in Gabon, judging by the many projects
 +
undertaken.
  
''Savoirfaire'':
+
The school must gabonaise train citizens happy, able to master a certain
Find relevant information around a concept on the Web. Use
+
amount of knowledge (scientific, technical) to fit into the social fabric and
a citation.
+
economic, and thus to participate in economic and social development. It should form
 +
women and men with a sense of responsibility, able to act, to invent and
 +
to create in all fields. Education must prepare people to cope with
 +
needs of new technology required the development of a country at a time
 +
given.
  
''History'':
+
Curricula designed to build knowledge, skills, and knowledge being essential to
Go with the Navigate Google search for PDF documents, read in light of
+
instruction, education and training of citizens, development actor. These
needs. On a text to find a concept, a citation, or a word by clicking on Edit,
+
curricula designed to help students not only to build a range of knowledge
introduce the concept or the beginning of the citation read.
+
interdisciplinary in order to make him a competent player, capable of contributing to
 +
socio-economic development of the nation, to cope with possible problems
 +
may impede this development.
  
Collaborative dyad when the reading is relative. Practice and
+
As defined, the objectives and purposes of education are largely gabonais
learning to read, may be individual or collective. The student addresses
+
up to the introduction of a project such as the XO, since the hour is to
the teacher or his classmates especially the pronunciation of certain words and
+
reforms. The integration of ICT in schools is a political willingness
intonation. Example, the pronunciation of the word "indigenous".
+
Gabon, to judge by the many projects undertaken in this direction. This project
====User Guide for the Reading:====
+
progressive integration of ICT in schools aims to redefine the place and
Read The activity is to feature not displayed by default in the perspective
+
role of the tool, which could be a plus for the mental processes beyond
Home. The activity is first and foremost a document Reader PDF (Portable
+
it is instrumental, in exercising its influence on our modes of thought and
Document Format). These documents are recorded in the Journal and may also
+
learning. In this regard, the failure of attempts to introduce the tool
be filed via a USB key.
+
in school, particularly that of 2001 could be explained by the dislocation
 +
between ICT and the curriculum. The introduction of the XO in a school context, especially in
 +
primary schools is to "make a difference in terms of education
 +
enabling teachers, as well as students turn their
 +
relation to knowledge "(Désautels, 2008).
  
You can access the Journal at any time in the frame. It is possible to make it appear
+
From that moment, it would be interesting to look a little to the metaphor
at any time by moving the cursor across the screen, regardless of the view
+
which inspired the design of the operating system XO. For, it must be said, this design
in which a user is located. The icon of the Journal is in the upper
+
responds adequately to the expectations of the conceptual framework of theories which underlie
left of the frame. To open the Journal, click on its icon.
+
new methods and theories of education.
<image Frame Journal panel>
+
===The metaphor underlying the design of the operating system of XO===
 +
The design of the XO meets a number of requirements and need because it
 +
This fusion of active teaching theories. The design of the operating system
 +
the XO is based methods to both constructivist, socio-constructivist and
 +
constructionist. It places the student at the center of the learning process. If one refers to the
 +
constructionist conception of Papert (1981), the XO is designed to be used in order
 +
to improve learning among students, and even if we can not say that
 +
As well as teaching methods, we believe that the
 +
posture methodology behind the design of the XO (constructivism and
 +
socio). Product of constructivism, the XO place the learner at the center of
 +
activities as advocated by Piaget: the affordances lead the learner to build his
 +
own knowledge through the activities that the developer offered him such activity "
 +
draw. As socio-product, it allows the learner to achieve
 +
certain activities in synchronized example, functions "discuss" or "writing" that
 +
bring into learner interaction and the other, integrating the vision vigotskienne.
 +
 
 +
The design of the XO operating system is like a tool case. In other words,
 +
a box containing activities allowing students to construct their own knowledge. The project
 +
educational proposed (XO) addresses the need to train the actors of a class to a
 +
collaborative logic different from the individualistic dominant logic in the system
 +
gabonais education. The XO is the movement of discoveries in neuroscience that
 +
have highlighted the relationship between age and the learning process: the more one is
 +
exposed to early learning, there are more opportunities to learn and master
 +
(OECD, 2008). This is as above constructionist theories,
 +
and social-constructivist.
  
Inside the Journal is all documents and activities of the student. For
+
This tool facilitates the creation of knowledge among students in relation to its
open a PDF document that is already in the Journal, just click on the icon of
+
environment and through exchanges with other subjects. These theories of learning
document. It will open automatically with the read.
+
give an emphasis on collaboration which refer to the purposes outlined
<image Journal view>
+
above. The metaphor of the circular presentation of the activities offered by the XO and
 +
centrality of the learner allows the latter to resort to activities of a
 +
variety. It may solicit and share them with peers, teachers or
 +
the teacher at any time, thus developing skills: collaboration and
 +
sharing - to name a few - by interacting with its environment. The
 +
know it becomes a forge built and know not taught.
  
For recording in the Journal of a PDF document from external media, it
+
In a classroom, the teacher who claims to constructivism or
Just follow the procedure available in the Getting Started in XO and the environment
+
socio must take account of differences between the different contexts and promote
Sugar v8.2 on pages 12 and 13.
+
a dynamic relationship to knowledge, ie to reflect the students, lead to
 +
construct arguments, but also knowledge and XO fall within this perspective.
 +
===The elements of relevance===
 +
The Gabonese education system can not evolve in isolation, in that it must open and
 +
comply with international standards as recommended by UNESCO and OECD.
 +
According to the OECD, the XO will allow the student to have access to a personalized learning - on
 +
extent - in particular by increasing its potential for reformulation of questions
 +
learning or to direct peers, or to the teacher. There has intensified
 +
interactions.
  
To save a document from the Internet, use the
+
The introduction of the XO in line with the projects of UNESCO and the OECD puts an emphasis
Browse. Once the document found on the web, it will click on the link to a
+
particularly on reducing poverty and improving the quality of life by putting
arise in the header to inform the download is initiated, while providing the
+
related ICT, education reform and growth. Furthermore, the magic of XO allows
possibility to cancel or continue it. Subsequently the same header will provide the
+
learners to collaborate with other actors in its immediate environment through
opportunity to show the Journal in the downloaded document. All documents downloaded
+
"The grid", but to seek, via the Internet of people belonging to
the Internet is automatically recorded in the Journal.
+
more distant universe. The XO is for teaching, but also for the student a working tool
<image in Read (Introduction to Scratch)>
+
effective as the metaphor of the electronic book, far more attractive than
 +
traditional types of media. In this sense, the databases and activities of XO
 +
would be more affordable in terms of cost relative to the establishment of libraries,
 +
management and regular renewal. The same applies to the student, his attitude to be XO
 +
different than a face that traditional tools (notebooks, slates, books, etc..), because
 +
more attractive. According to the results of PISA show that "cooperation
 +
positive relationship between student performance and their attitude vis-à-vis the learning "
 +
(EDU / CERI / CD, 2008). With the XO, the student can judge its capabilities and evaluate its achievements in
 +
same time as learning (formative assessment) rather than wait for the
 +
summative.
  
Click on a PDF document and read the will itself.
+
For the Gabonese education system, the tics are a lever to change the school, both
<image in Read>
+
in the construction of knowledge and level of communication from them.
 +
The XO promote personalized training marginal pedagogy
 +
Overview of the classroom. Its use would facilitate group work and involve
 +
initiatives and individual and collective responsibilities. ICT travel time
 +
and location of school (connectivity, support at any time, information
 +
unlimited) and can thus lead and place it "everywhere." They change the report to
 +
knowledge and the role of the teacher in the classroom.
  
Click the Read tab to access the arrows used to change the page and
+
Using the XO bousculant school organization as we know it
navigate the document.
+
today: its contents examined, the kinds of work students and teachers.
<image Read toolbar advance button>
+
This will certainly lead to a number of benefits and constraints.
 +
===Constraints with which compose===
 +
While the introduction of IT (XO) in middle school offers a number
 +
of advantages, it would be unrealistic to say that any coercion n'induira.
 +
Indeed, the school gabonaise of certain problems: overcrowding (60-100 students);
 +
lack of teaching materials, lack of teachers and teachers; disparities
 +
between institutions; disparity in the treatment of teachers and laxity
 +
government regarding the implementation and application of reforms. These
 +
constraints above do not militate in favor of greater integration of XO
 +
Gabon in school.
  
Click on Edit in order to search for words through the
+
How the teacher could initiate such XO to a hundred students
document and to copy the selected text. To select a portion of text
+
simultaneously? Each child is under these conditions have a computer? In
the document, keep the left button and hold (X) while seservant the touchpad.
+
Speaking of outdated facilities in our schools, how to use the XO
Once the selected text, click the Copy icon so that it adds to your
+
in classes sometimes missing the strict minimum - electricity -?
clipboard. This excerpt or quote can then be pasted in a
 
research written with the Write activity.
 
  
To search for a word or phrase, simply write it in the top right
+
Last but not least, it is important to address the labor group whose XO is the promoter.
of the screen. The arrows to scroll through all the query words in the
+
How to ensure the success of the collective individual success? Indeed,
document.
+
collective performance can be possible without the partners of these individuals
<image Copy button in toolbar>
+
interactions are progressing at a subsequent work. It must, to paraphrase Vygotsky,
 +
wait for the interpersonal process is transformed into an intrapersonal process.
 +
 
 +
We must also tackle the reluctance of teachers locked in paradigms in which they
 +
do not want to get rid of and reluctance to accept political
 +
difficult, if rarely innovative initiatives coming from the base. Similarly,
 +
Ministry of Education seems to have condemned the teaching status too
 +
reducer running programs denying any personal initiative.
  
The last tab, View, allows you to change the display options of the document.
+
The integration of XO to the school environment will require commitment by teachers and
Zoom in by clicking on the magnifying glass. The last icon allows you to view the document
+
teachers renewed patience and a change in teaching. It should
all over the screen.
+
to accept that several tasks are performed in class at the same time, it
<image View tab toolbar>
+
must therefore be creative in varying activities. This project will require
+
also from the political authorities of the appropriate training of teachers
===Talk Activity===
+
and teachers - both those of primary and high school - the postures, but
====Activity Summary====
+
also to the theories underlying the design and use of the XO in context
It is an activity that gives students the opportunity to discuss with other students through
+
school. In summary, if the introduction of the XO meets a real need, it requires a
the XO. The discussion is done through messages that you enter with the XO and
+
deep reflection on the purposes and on current teaching practices.
is sent. Discussions can take place between two or more persons, the
 
minimum of people required for this activity is two. Messages sent during
 
a chat session are de facto available to all persons present
 
in the discussion. Sending messages is done spontaneously. This activity may
 
be used from the second year because it requires that the student can read and write.
 
This communication tool can support collaborative work as it can
 
allow the teacher to communicate with teachers in other classes.
 
====Affordances of the activity====
 
* This activity would allow students of a certain class to communicate in writing
 
with those of another class without them having to move.
 
* Discuss the activity could be used by students to respond to a solicitation
 
the teacher in the context of questions and answers.
 
* It could in this context play a role and even replace the slate.
 
* It could also promote interaction between students, but under the control of
 
the teacher who could also interfere in the discussion.
 
* The teacher could keep in touch with his class, even if the latter for
 
some reason had to be away from his classroom.
 
* It provides an opportunity for teachers to be able to converse with colleagues
 
other class without having to travel.
 
====Degree of centrality of the activity====
 
<image 5/5>
 
  
This activity can be regarded as central in relation to the curricula of the 4th year
+
The integration of ICT, especially the XO Primary School, is a
primary school french. Indeed, the curriculum at this level focus on a number
+
very important. It meets the current requirements
including skills, working behind the act of communication
+
learning, especially those who want that learning is related
following the usual rules of the French language ...
+
age as evidenced in science learning.
====Applications pédagogiques 1====
 
====''Conjugation express''====
 
''Level (s)'': From the 3rd to 5th grade of primary
 
  
''Knowledge'': Time verbs
+
The remarkable work of CERI as well as other similar studies, such as
 +
conducted within the OECD, and more specifically from the perspective of neuroscience, we
 +
demonstrated. According to these works and studies, it appears that "the science of learning
 +
also emphasized the inverse relationship between age and learning
 +
effective aspects of language: in general, the more one is exposed to a very early
 +
second or third language and more likely it is to learn "
 +
(EDU/CERI/CD.2008, 14). Therefore, introduce the use of the computer from the primary
 +
is a commendable initiative which confirms the conclusions of this work.
  
''Savoirfaire'':
+
Earlier the students take ownership of computers (the XO) better equipped they will be more
Conjugate verbs in the simple future indicative and present conditional
+
in these areas and will later develop expertise from classes
 +
secondary level. They would improve once more reached the next level.
 +
For example, Gabon has the potential to reduce the digital divide with the north.
  
''History'':
+
Initiating early child to ICT and increasing opportunities for manipulation
 +
XO handling through real learning situations in disciplines
 +
varied, the learner is familiar with the tool and use it like any other medium
 +
teaching (notebooks, books, slates, notebooks, etc.)..
  
This activity can be used as an interface for the resolution of application exercises.
+
So in order to facilitate the integration and use of the XO, with all its
It will allow the teacher to interact spontaneously and in real time with
+
affordances and potential in various contexts that chapter 2 presents the
students in its progression, but also in the process of appropriating
+
different activities available, the affordances and potential educational applications
understanding and ownership of a course.
+
in different disciplines and levels of primary school and the procedures for using
 +
these activities with the benefits of small green computer educational and
 +
didactique.
 +
==Chapter 2==
 +
===Introduction===
 +
This chapter presents the different activities of XO. They guide both the student and
 +
teachers in various educational activities in the classroom and even
 +
outside the school environment.
  
A teacher could use to realize the level of assimilation of
+
To this end, the XO contains a total of 28 activities. The question is what first
rules of conjugation of its pupils.
+
activity in this context? The activity is a well defined, for example, activity
 +
Drawing, in which it carries out specified tasks. These activities were
 +
thoughts for young learners (Bourdelais, 2008), ie "they are
 +
used primarily in the school context "(idem). In other words, they are
 +
also designed for students to work as a group, invite one or more
 +
people connected in a network and join in the same activity. This is
 +
Neighborhood where the perspective represented by a disc with eight points
 +
keyboard whose accession is possible by its activation.
 +
It will also focus on the classification of activities according to the curricula of Gabon. Then we
 +
try to see if these activities of XO fit well with the approach by competencies
 +
base (CPA) in effect at the primary school. Finally, building on the affordances of
 +
activities, we will see how they can teach in such an approach.
  
Thus, the teacher starts the Talk offers a verb, a time and a way which
+
To do this, we proceed with some educational applications.
the student must refer to perform the conjugation. Once the instructions given, each
+
===Classification of activities===
students through its XO offers solutions to the teacher.
+
Of the 28 currently ongoing in the XO, the vast majority meet the
 +
guidance curriculum of basic education as defined skills
 +
french, mathematics and awakening. They are intended "to consolidate knowledge, skills and
 +
knowledge being essential to education, education, and training of all citizens,
 +
player development. "(IPN, June 2004), where the classification level and
 +
curricula:
 +
{| class=wikitable border="1"
 +
|-
 +
! Curricula Years !! Mathematics !! French !! Enlightenment
 +
|-
 +
| 1st year || • Speak (from) • Implode (from) ||• Speak (from) • Scratch (from) ||• Tam-Tam Mini (from)
 +
|-
 +
| 2nd year || • Remember (from) || • Remember (from) || • Draw (from de)
 +
|-
 +
| 3rd year || • Calculate (from) || • Writing (from) • Read (from) || • Tam-Tam Jam (to from) • Tam-Tam Edit (to
 +
from)
 +
|-
 +
| 4th year || • Distance (from) • Scratch (from) || • Talk (from) || • Browse (from de) • Record (from de) • Moon (from) • Measure (from)
 +
|-
 +
| 5th year
 +
|colspan="3" | All activities from the 1st year
 +
|}
 +
We note only that these activities have benefited from a gauge applications
 +
teaching. But the XO also contains games (Maze), activities in English
 +
(In Wikipedia, Help) and administration activities of the system (Terminal, Log,
 +
Analyze). The fact remains that the teacher and students could use them if
 +
there need a.
 +
===The XO activities with regard to the approach by competencies (APC)===
 +
The approach by competencies (APC) in force in Gabon since 2005 is a
 +
integrative approach, ie it allows interaction between the student and his
 +
environment. The PCA allows the student not to acquire a knowledge
 +
juxtaposed, but to behave and the ability to resolve situations
 +
problems in everyday life. In a socioconstructiviste, activities
 +
CPA trying to make it operational in everyday life, the student has
 +
mobilize the necessary tools for the resolution of problem situations in the context of
 +
class. Thus, we must know whether the classified above can fit
 +
with this approach to primary school.
  
If students were offered to combine the verb to eat in the future indicative in the first
+
To do this, we will present all activities that have been investigated
person singular, it should have read or at least I eat. But it may
+
to identify the various affordances and some educational applications that we
instead of as I eat (future indicative) I eat there is (conditional
+
can made with them.
This) is not a right answer.
+
==Understanding the format for the activities==
 +
===Name of activity===
 +
====Activity Summary====
 +
A summary description of the activity and its various functions.
 +
====Affordances of the activity====
 +
According to Gibson (1979), we can define the capacity as an affordance suggestive
 +
this action and apparent in the environment, ie that, by the way this
 +
is designed, the affordance suggests possible actions to those who interact. It
 +
further specifies that, for the user, the value of affordance should be reflected, therefore, be
 +
emerging. It is therefore a partial list of affordances identified by our
 +
community resource people.
 +
====Degree of centrality of the activity====
 +
<image 1-5 scale>
  
The teacher could then account for gaps and thus insist on a certain
+
Once the appropriation of affordances of fact our community
number of elements in the progression of his courses, including opportunities
+
contacts examined the integration of curriculum system
possible confusion with other times and insist on the pronunciation.
+
gabonais school. Thus, we evaluated on a scale numbered from 1 to 5 the degree of
====Application pédagogique 2====
+
centrality of the activity in question (1 designating a device or extracurricular activity and
====''Collective construction of a project: The Orchard''====
+
5 designating a core activity to meet the curriculum objectives of the program).
''Level (s)'': From Grade 1 to Grade 5
+
====Educational applications====
 +
The educational applications are illustrated suggestions for ways to use the
 +
XO activities in the school of Gabon. In compliance with the curriculum, our
 +
community resource people has developed two to three applications pédagogiques
 +
for each activity.
 +
====''Title of application pédagogique''====
 +
''Level (s)'': Target levels by applying educational
  
''Knowledge'': Plant species
+
''Knowledge'': Knowledge addressed in accordance with the curricula.
  
''Savoirfaire'':
+
''Knowhow'': Know-how developed or raised in the application of pedagogical
Collaborate on a project.
+
activity in accordance with the suggested curriculum.
  
''History'':
+
''History'': A proposal by the conduct of the activity focused on the roles of teacher
 +
and students.
 +
====User's Guide for Activity====
 +
Guide who directs you in the use of the activity. It will guide you in
 +
features necessary for the achievement of educational applications. These small
 +
user guides are complementary to ''Getting Started in XO and the environment
 +
Sugar V.8.2.''
 +
===Activity: Write===
 +
====Activity Summary====
 +
Students can write texts using different keys on the keyboard.
  
This application essentially turn on a collaborative work between students in order
+
Business Writing allows the student to replicate the lessons, exercises and be able to
to build a collective project.
+
correct.
  
The teacher could ask students to verbally construct a project.
+
With this activity, the teacher can easily check what the student wrote. It may include
This project would involve the creation of an orchard. Thus, the teacher could
+
an image or a table to better explain its course. Pass directly over
ask each student to make proposals on the plant species
+
he wants to propose to students, which will be an advantage in terms of number of hours in this
produce, on maintenance, but also on the management of the orchard.
+
meaning that the time that students often take to copy a lesson will be to
 +
favor of another activity. This will also solve the problem of specification and manual
 +
school.
 +
====Affordances of the activity====
 +
* Students can write different texts (narrative, explanatory, descriptive ...).
 +
* The student can control what he says and correct mistakes.
 +
* Students may work with other students (group work for example).
 +
* The student can insert images or tables.
 +
* The student can describe what fascinates him or what he imagines.
 +
* Students can develop the ability to share.
 +
* Students may also demonstrate a mastery of language and certain theoretical content.
 +
* Students no longer need to use the notebook, the pens or pencils, effaceurs, rule ...
 +
* Students can demonstrate the spirit of synthesis.
 +
* Students can send messages.
 +
* Students may think the writing on various social issues.
 +
* Students can write collaboratively on a document from their respective devices.
 +
* The student can communicate his or her learning and experience (please information).
  
The teacher will collect together the various proposals and with students to try it
+
====Degree of centrality of the activity====
order in a collegial manner.
+
<image 5/5>
  
Some students will make proposals on crops to produce, on the other
+
Business Writing is highly integrated into the curricula of french, mathematics and awareness
opportunities for maintenance and more on how to manage the orchard. The teacher
+
first to fifth grade. Indeed, very few activities can not
collect the various proposals and according to their relevance or the will does
+
achieved without writing. Writing is the vehicle of thought, speech ... and
will not, but students will know the reasons why some proposals
+
transversal to all areas.
not be accepted.
+
====Application pédagogique 1====
====Pedagogical application 3====
+
====''Write is to act''====
====''Translation Team''====
+
''Level (s)'': 4th grade of primary
''Level (s)'': 4 years
 
  
''Knowledge'': Vocabulary, language groups.
+
''Knowledge'': Text and sentence. Verb tense: past, present, future. The verb: infinitive and
 +
group.
  
 
''Savoirfaire'':
 
''Savoirfaire'':
Translate texts in native languages.
+
The student must be able to produce written texts containing phrases
 +
whatsoever. Produce written texts in the past, future or present. Transforming
 +
verbs in a sentence giving their infinitive and their group.
  
 
''History'':
 
''History'':
  
Like the second, third application also turn around a job
+
The teacher leads students to produce any sentences in a text, for example:
collaboration between students, but this time for work. This application will require the
+
* Students returning to class.
setting up of several teams. This application would lead to essentially
+
* Mom install the machine.
students to work together to make a translation job. Thus, the work will be divided
+
Then the teacher invites students to transform a text consisting of past to present
so that each student has a part of the work to be done so
+
and the future and vice versa, for example: Yesterday, students arrived on time. Today, they
individual, which individual will lead to a community so
+
work and they will return tomorrow.
that the different parties on an individual subject to the various students are
+
 
the subject of a community if we're to the analogy or metaphor of the
+
Finally, the teacher asks students to give the infinitives in brackets of
chain link and that is, the individual links will be here and the setting
+
verbs of a text and their group, for example: they play in the playground (play 1st
common channel.
+
group).
 +
====Application pédagogique 2====
 +
====''Writing is to recognize''====
 +
''Level (s)'': 4th grade of primary
 +
 
 +
''Knowledge'': The breathing in humans. The lives of invertebrates: movement and nutrition.
  
The teacher could use this application to translate a text in various
+
''Savoirfaire'':
languages spoken in Gabon. Training teams to follow, therefore belonging to a
+
Identify the different respiratory organs
language group: the teams will be composed of members belonging to the same group
 
language and it will have as many groups and linguistic groups. The work will be
 
distributed within the various groups so that each member has a
 
part of the text to translate. The second part of the work will require the presence of all
 
group for the pooling of individual translations.
 
====Guide to use the Talk:====
 
This activity is in the Home view. To access, click on the icon
 
Talk (it is represented by a bubble).
 
<image Home view>
 
  
To discuss, we must first ensure that students are connected to the same network
+
''History'':
mesh, they are not, then select a network (among the 3 offered meshed networks) on
 
which all students will connect. For the process of connecting to the network
 
mesh, it is necessary to refer to pages 8 and 9 of the Guide to the initiation and XO
 
Sugar v8.2 environment.
 
  
Once that is complete, return to the Talk, click Share
+
The teacher asks students to classify animals according to their mode and
with: My Neighborhood, and then return to the neighborhood view and click or
+
identify foods they consume.
those with whom one wishes to discuss. After this procedure, return to the page
 
discussion, writing in the small space at the bottom of the screen once the message recorded
 
press the Enter key on the keyboard to send the message.
 
  
NB: The number of people with whom you can discuss simultaneously is
+
1-Annotation of the respiratory organs of man.
not determined. In addition, all those invited to a discussion session have
 
facto access to the entire contents of the discussion.
 
===Browse activity===
 
====Activity Summary====
 
This activity enables students to explore the world via the XO, it allows
 
browse the Internet when the XO is connected. It provides access to
 
Web pages, access to educational materials, use several applications: engine
 
research (Google, Wikipedia ...), video, audio content, etc.. This activity is aimed at all
 
students who can already read and write, it could be open to students from
 
the class of second year, even if initially they are accompanied.
 
====Affordances of the activity====
 
* This activity enables students to connect to the Internet through a connection
 
wireless. But to do so, it must have an access line.
 
* The student can see, web pages, sites, undertake research,
 
communicate with people far away, it can also watch videos,
 
listen to sounds, download documents and even make purchases online.
 
* This activity can also chat with other people who would
 
themselves connected.
 
* When this activity is shared with neighbors, it allows to share a
 
discovery that may be made by a student.
 
====Degree centrality====
 
<image 5/5>
 
  
This activity can be considered taking into account central curriculum of awakening
+
The teacher will insert a picture of the respiratory organs of man and asked to
in 4th grade. Indeed, these curricula focus on developing knowledge,
+
students to annotate individual or group image.
knowledge to scientists, but also on the empowerment of the student.
+
To do this, he must click on the Write activity is represented by a folded sheet
====Application pédagogique 1====
+
top left. Then he will click on image and it will insert the image he wants.
====''Creating a listing on the CEMAC''====
 
''Level (s)'': 4th grade of primary
 
  
''Knowledge'': Spatial Information CEMAC countries
+
2-classification in a table according to the invertebrates living environment, the method of
 +
displacement and the search of food consumed by each species.
 +
 
 +
This activity can also be done in groups or individually. The teacher will
 +
Table and click on the tables according to the number of columns and rows and
 +
ask students to fill this table.
 +
====Pedagogical application 3====
 +
====''Writing a text''====
 +
''Level (s)'': From the third to the fifth grade of primary
 +
 
 +
''Knowledge'': The portrait
  
 
''Savoirfaire'':
 
''Savoirfaire'':
Locate the CEMAC countries on a map of Africa.
+
Describing a place, an object, fact, a character or an animal
  
 
''History'':
 
''History'':
  
This application turn around a collaborative work, but in team
+
The teacher asks students to describe an incident experienced during the holidays.
to arrive at work more developed.
 
  
The application could afford to undertake the creation of a prospectus that
+
Then the teacher invites students to bring in a group, they can build
present the different countries of the CEMAC (Economic and Monetary Community
+
collectively descriptive text in synchrony.
of Central Africa). This prospectus presents a number of elements
 
each country: geography, flag, area, capital, official language (s)
 
population, President (e), date of independence, currency, telephone.
 
  
The work will be divided so that it is organized by team. Each team will be
+
By working in the same document, students can share and share
assigned a country of this area. After this step, each team will explore
+
activities they have carried out during the holidays.
Internet so that each will find different information required for
+
====User's Guide to Writing activity:====
construction of the identity card of each country.
+
Email this activity is found in the Home view. To access, click on
 +
Email icon (icon with the corner is folded in the top left with a pencil) with the button
 +
left (X) of the touchpad.
 +
<image Home view>
  
Once this team is finished, there will be the preparation of the prospectus by
+
After clicking on this icon, the leaf appears, then you can write using the
integrating the various identity cards of the country.
+
keyboard.
====Application pédagogique 2====
+
<image Write screen>
====''Cooperation between two schools''====
 
''Level (s)'': From Grade 1 to Grade 5
 
  
''Knowledge'': The problem selected by teachers.
+
When the Text tab is highlighted (as in the picture above), it is possible to
 +
change the size of the writing, the police, put in bold characters, the
 +
stress, to place them in italics and align the text.
 +
It is possible to modify a text by pressing the Edit tab, two arrows
 +
appear: one for Cancel, which tends to the left and another for Restored
 +
tends to the right (see illustration below).
 +
<image Edit tab toolbar>
  
''Savoirfaire'':
+
It is also possible to make pictures by clicking the Table tab, some
Cooperate.
+
number of options appear, including the insertion of the table with the number of columns and
 +
lines that we want, insert a line, a column and their removal (see
 +
illustration below).
 +
<image Table tab toolbar>
  
''History'':
+
To insert an image inside the text, simply click on the tab
 +
Image icon and then click Insert Image. Then, a window appears to select
 +
the image is in the Journal of the computer. To insert the image into the text, it
 +
Just click on the icon of the desired image.
 +
<image Image selection panel>
  
This application would allow students to share their experiences, but also their
+
===Read Activity===
knowledge among themselves spontaneously in order to interact in real time, even if
+
====Activity Summary====
they do not live in the same country. It can also get in contact
+
Read The activity enables learners to read documents in PDF (Portable
with a resource person for problem solving (school or extra
+
Document Format). It is therefore possible for a teacher to distribute to students
school).
+
many educational resources, books, electronic items found on
 +
the Internet. In the first year of primary education in Gabon, reading becomes
 +
fundamental. In practice, reading is a specific technique and pronunciation,
 +
understanding of words and texts, recognition and discovery of spelling
 +
words. Thus, reading is an appropriate means of appropriation of knowledge
 +
for the student. At the level of XO, reading contributes to the formation of the spirit of research.
 +
====Affordances of the activity====
 +
* The student may consult any written materials and recorded in the log (the PDF documents therein).
 +
* The student may also read those on the USB key.
 +
* Reading can also be done collaboratively, in that the student may invite friends to see the same document it.
 +
* The Internet offers the opportunity to seek and find PDF documents relevant to educational activities.
 +
* The student can find a word in the text
 +
* The student can rotate the text, change size, enlarge characters, decrease or increase the brightness. The student performs these settings according to his needs in reading.
  
In the context of cooperation between two schools located in different countries, on
+
====Degree of centrality of the activity====
could require two classes of each of these schools to prepare a presentation on a
+
<image 5/5>
separate theme (culture, environment, etc..), and then to provide a
 
simultaneously to audiences in both schools.
 
  
To do this, use applications to realize video-conferencing
+
The diachronic aspect of writing gives the reading of paramount importance to the school. Read
(Skype, etc.).. Once the technical configurations achieved, students begin their
+
is a core activity. The XO as e-book allows students
statement which is also followed by students in their countries but also in other
+
deepen their knowledge. The documents will be available depending on the level
countries, while providing opportunities for all who follow them to interact by asking
+
school students.
questions, but also by making contributions.
+
====Application pédagogique 1====
====Guide to use the Browse activity:====
+
''Level (s)'': 4th and 5th grade of primary
To start this activity, students will at first move in the perspective
+
 
Neighborhood and click on the available network that appears on the screen (in the form of a
+
''Knowledge'': Search and read the texts containing information in the XO.
circle, where connection to a server, this circle is surrounded by parentheses).
+
 
For more details about how to connect to networks for access
+
''Savoirfaire'':
the Internet, please refer to the initiation of XO and the Sugar environment to V.8.2
+
See the electronic book of XO to read texts in the
pages 6 to 9.
+
heading 'understanding of texts "
<image Neighborhood view>
+
 
 +
''History'':
  
Once completed and connected, it returns to the Home view, click on the icon
+
Sugar on the platform into the Journal to view the document author Jean
Browse (represented by a globe).
+
de la Fontaine.
<image Home view>
+
====Application pédagogique 2====
Once the open, students can begin to navigate and enter the site address
+
''Level (s)'': From the 3rd to 5th grade.
they wish to visit in the address bar at the top of the screen and press the button
 
Enter on the keyboard. To share his business, click on activity, then
 
Share with: My Neighborhood.
 
===Activity Speak===
 
====Activity Summary====
 
Speak with the activity, the XO back the sound of letters, words, sentences, texts and
 
the figures and numbers typed on the keyboard.
 
Learners will use the Speak to become familiar with the pronunciation
 
words, to teach numbers and letters, especially in first grade
 
Primary Gabon, and to learn self correcting accents.
 
This could facilitate the recognition of visual and hearing students in
 
learning vowels, consonants and numbers. It would thus gain
 
time in education.
 
====Affordances of the activity====
 
* Speak returns the sounds of letters, words, sentences, texts as well as
 
figures and numbers typed on the keyboard.
 
* The student can control the language and appearance of the icon (eyes and mouth).
 
* It can also control the speed in the pronunciation and the volume of the computer.
 
====Degree of centrality of the activity====
 
Speak is a core activity easily integrated into the curricula of primary
 
Gabon in the first year. Indeed, this is where we learn to decipher
 
letters, syllables words, figures and numbers.
 
====Application pédagogique 1====
 
====''Decoding of syllables and learning to read in first year''====
 
''Level (s)'': 1st year of primary
 
  
''Knowledge'': The letters, syllables.
+
''Knowledge'': Look for information on a topic. Use a dictionary.
  
 
''Savoirfaire'':
 
''Savoirfaire'':
The reading of letters and syllables
+
Find relevant information around a concept on the Web. Use
 +
a citation.
  
 
''History'':
 
''History'':
 +
Go with the Navigate Google search for PDF documents, read in light of
 +
needs. On a text to find a concept, a citation, or a word by clicking on Edit,
 +
introduce the concept or the beginning of the citation read.
  
The teacher targets a consonant (m), written on the blackboard and asked the
+
Collaborative dyad when the reading is relative. Practice and
students to recognize, to tap the XO and support the Enter button. The computer
+
learning to read, may be individual or collective. The student addresses
returns a sound. The teacher asks students to repeat and read it.
+
the teacher or his classmates especially the pronunciation of certain words and
Secondly, it targets a vowel (a), the writing on the blackboard and asks students to the
+
intonation. Example, the pronunciation of the word "indigenous".
recognize on the keyboard, tap it on the XO and press Enter. The computer
+
====User Guide for the Reading:====
returns a sound that will be repeated and read by students. Third, the teacher
+
Read The activity is to feature not displayed by default in the perspective
asks students to type the consonant and vowel on the XO and press Enter. The
+
Home. The activity is first and foremost a document Reader PDF (Portable
the machine returns the sound of the syllable. For example, m + a = ma. Students will be able to
+
Document Format). These documents are recorded in the Journal and may also
easily recognize and decipher a syllable and learn to read.
+
be filed via a USB key.
====Application pédagogique 2====
 
====''Recognition of numbers from 0 to 20 and signs of three operations: +, × and ÷ in
 
first and second years.''====
 
''Level (s)'': 1st year and 2nd year of primary
 
  
''Knowledge'': The numbers from 0 to 20, addition and subtraction.
+
You can access the Journal at any time in the frame. It is possible to make it appear
 +
at any time by moving the cursor across the screen, regardless of the view
 +
in which a user is located. The icon of the Journal is in the upper
 +
left of the frame. To open the Journal, click on its icon.
 +
<image Frame Journal panel>
  
''Savoirfaire'':
+
Inside the Journal is all documents and activities of the student. For
Read, count and count the numbers from 0 to 20. Calculate the amounts or
+
open a PDF document that is already in the Journal, just click on the icon of
differences less than or equal to 20.
+
document. It will open automatically with the read.
 +
<image Journal view>
  
''History'':
+
For recording in the Journal of a PDF document from external media, it
 +
Just follow the procedure available in the Getting Started in XO and the environment
 +
Sugar v8.2 on pages 12 and 13.
  
The teacher wrote the numbers on the blackboard, asks students to recognize the
+
To save a document from the Internet, use the
keyboard, typing and press Enter. The XO refers to the sound from the figure that will be repeated by
+
Browse. Once the document found on the web, it will click on the link to a
students. For example, typing 0, they will hear "zero". This will enable them to
+
arise in the header to inform the download is initiated, while providing the
recognize by sight and hearing the numbers. Thus, students learn
+
possibility to cancel or continue it. Subsequently the same header will provide the
easy to count and calculate. For the calculation, with the meaning of the signs that
+
opportunity to show the Journal in the downloaded document. All documents downloaded
return the XO, students can ensure that the transaction is that fact that he was
+
the Internet is automatically recorded in the Journal.
requested. This could help to overcome the errors of signs observed in
+
<image in Read (Introduction to Scratch)>
activities in mathematics.
 
====Pedagogical application 3====
 
====''Improvement of the lexical spelling.''====
 
==Level (s)==: 1st year of primary
 
  
''Knowledge'': Accents and punctuation
+
Click on a PDF document and read the will itself.
 +
<image in Read>
  
''Savoirfaire'':
+
Click the Read tab to access the arrows used to change the page and
Identify punctuation and place the necessary emphasis in a text at
+
navigate the document.
least ten sentences.
+
<image Read toolbar advance button>
  
''History'':
+
Click on Edit in order to search for words through the
 +
document and to copy the selected text. To select a portion of text
 +
the document, keep the left button and hold (X) while seservant the touchpad.
 +
Once the selected text, click the Copy icon so that it adds to your
 +
clipboard. This excerpt or quote can then be pasted in a
 +
research written with the Write activity.
  
The teacher dictates a word, phrase or text. When the student finished, he types Enter.
+
To search for a word or phrase, simply write it in the top right
The computer returns to the sounds of words. Take for example the word "consequence". If
+
of the screen. The arrows to scroll through all the query words in the
forgot the accent on the "e", the XO will return to "consequence". At that time, students went
+
document.
account of his error and bring the necessary correction. Similarly, students can learn
+
<image Copy button in toolbar>
reading techniques respecting not only the punctuation, but also the diction of
 
words. This will facilitate the work of teachers and students in learning to read
 
of difficult words. If the student types such as "excess", the XO will give him the good
 
pronunciation of the word and keep it. It will be able to read words similar. Finally, given
 
that the XO is a pause after each punctuation mark, the student will not
 
only distinguish but also respect them during playback. For example,
 
Teacher asked to write the words "Mom goes to market she buys meat
 
vegetables and fruits and type Enter. The XO return the text block. Then the teacher
 
asked to put punctuation. "Mom goes to market. She buys meat,
 
vegetables and fruit. " The XO plays with sentence breaks and intonations.
 
====User Guide for Speak====
 
To access the Speak activity in the XO, after opening the prospect Welcome,
 
place the cursor on the icon represented by a mouth and two eyes. Three options
 
appear: Run, Remove the favorite, and Delete. Click on Start by pressing
 
the left button (X) of the touch pad to enter the business. Or to go
 
quickly, click on the icon to enter the business.
 
<image Home view>
 
  
In this activity, there are several tabs and icons on the screen. The Voice tab,
+
The last tab, View, allows you to change the display options of the document.
allows you to change the language of communication. The tab allows you to adjust the face shape
+
Zoom in by clicking on the magnifying glass. The last icon allows you to view the document
the mouth. Gives a simple mouth smaller and resembles that of humans.
+
all over the screen.
Waveform provides a wide mouth with ripples during playback. Frequency
+
<image View tab toolbar>
gives a wider mouth with oscillations. Moreover, the pattern of eyes may
+
change. Provides round eyes and round glasses Glasses met with the icon.
+
===Talk Activity===
The texts written in the blank space at the bottom of the screen will be delivered by the voice of
 
synthesis. The hook at the bottom right gives the directory of text written by the learner.
 
<image Speak face>
 
 
 
Finally, the activity can be shared with the neighborhood ie with users
 
connected network or in dyads and triads. Students will evaluate themselves, ie
 
that they can dictate words and check all spelling and
 
pronunciation. In calculating shape Thursday, a group could start the transaction in the XO,
 
and another written response. They will develop the cooperative spirit. The procedure
 
sharing activities with the neighborhood is described on pages 15 to 17 of the Introductory Guide
 
XO and the Sugar environment V.8.2.
 
===Activity Record===
 
 
====Activity Summary====
 
====Activity Summary====
Save The activity enables learners and teachers to record videos,
+
It is an activity that gives students the opportunity to discuss with other students through
sounds as well as take pictures. They can in this way create content
+
the XO. The discussion is done through messages that you enter with the XO and
teaching stuck to the local reality. The teacher can ask learners to
+
is sent. Discussions can take place between two or more persons, the
movies, save the cries of animals in their immediate surroundings
+
minimum of people required for this activity is two. Messages sent during
or take pictures of a landscape.
+
a chat session are de facto available to all persons present
 +
in the discussion. Sending messages is done spontaneously. This activity may
 +
be used from the second year because it requires that the student can read and write.
 +
This communication tool can support collaborative work as it can
 +
allow the teacher to communicate with teachers in other classes.
 
====Affordances of the activity====
 
====Affordances of the activity====
* The learner can record videos.
+
* This activity would allow students of a certain class to communicate in writing with those of another class without them having to move.
* Students can take pictures.
+
* Discuss the activity could be used by students to respond to a solicitation the teacher in the context of questions and answers.
* Students can record sounds (bird song).
+
* It could in this context play a role and even replace the slate.
* The child may share the record with the group class setting
+
* It could also promote interaction between students, but under the control of the teacher who could also interfere in the discussion.
common to different activities they have done individually.
+
* The teacher could keep in touch with his class, even if the latter for some reason had to be away from his classroom.
====Degree centrality====
+
* It provides an opportunity for teachers to be able to converse with colleagues other class without having to travel.
Save The activity fits in perfectly with the curriculum awakening 4th year
+
 
primary, inasmuch as this activity allows the teacher and the learner better
+
====Degree of centrality of the activity====
conduct the study of the environment based on images representing this community. This
+
<image 5/5>
activity is consistent with a socioconstructionniste because it allows
+
 
learners to take part in the construction tools (photographs, video and audio)
+
This activity can be regarded as central in relation to the curricula of the 4th year
essential to learning and that they are themselves users.
+
primary school french. Indeed, the curriculum at this level focus on a number
====Application pédagogique 1====
+
including skills, working behind the act of communication
As part of an educational project, the teacher could invite learners to
+
following the usual rules of the French language ...
divide the tasks: one to handle the audio recording of the national anthem of
+
====Applications pédagogiques 1====
Gabon, Concorde, some students will work to explain the flag while gabonais
+
====''Conjugation express''====
for others to document the geography of their neighborhood.
+
''Level (s)'': From the 3rd to 5th grade of primary
====''The Concorde''====
 
''Level (s)'': 2nd year of primary
 
  
''Knowledge'': The Concorde.
+
''Knowledge'': Time verbs
  
 
''Savoirfaire'':
 
''Savoirfaire'':
Sing the chorus and first verse of the national anthem La Concorde.
+
Conjugate verbs in the simple future indicative and present conditional
  
 
''History'':
 
''History'':
  
As stated in the curricula of awakening in the 2nd year the booklet indicates target situation
+
This activity can be used as an interface for the resolution of application exercises.
the learner must know how to sing and skill to acquire is to perform
+
It will allow the teacher to interact spontaneously and in real time with
properly the chorus and first verse of the Concorde. Students can
+
students in its progression, but also in the process of appropriating
register their service with the recording function to the Audio
+
understanding and ownership of a course.
share with those around them.
+
 
 +
A teacher could use to realize the level of assimilation of
 +
rules of conjugation of its pupils.
 +
 
 +
Thus, the teacher starts the Talk offers a verb, a time and a way which
 +
the student must refer to perform the conjugation. Once the instructions given, each
 +
students through its XO offers solutions to the teacher.
 +
 
 +
If students were offered to combine the verb to eat in the future indicative in the first
 +
person singular, it should have read or at least I eat. But it may
 +
instead of as I eat (future indicative) I eat there is (conditional
 +
This) is not a right answer.
  
Students may work with the Save out the maps, flags and landscapes
+
The teacher could then account for gaps and thus insist on a certain
obtained through the affordance photo, make descriptions and identification of
+
number of elements in the progression of his courses, including opportunities
a flag colors, forms of relief and border activities in accordance with
+
possible confusion with other times and insist on the pronunciation.
curricula of arousal class of 4th grade.
 
 
====Application pédagogique 2====
 
====Application pédagogique 2====
====''Geographical Location of Gabon''====
+
====''Collective construction of a project: The Orchard''====
''Level (s)'': 4th grade of primary
+
''Level (s)'': From Grade 1 to Grade 5
  
''Knowledge'': The neighboring countries of Gabon
+
''Knowledge'': Plant species
  
 
''Savoirfaire'':
 
''Savoirfaire'':
Locate and identify the borders of Gabon
+
Collaborate on a project.
  
 
''History'':
 
''History'':
  
Affordance with picture taking, the teacher photography map of Central Africa
+
This application essentially turn on a collaborative work between students in order
in a manual. He created his own teaching materials. Then, he shared his shot
+
to build a collective project.
with all students who study it.
 
  
The teacher invites students to identify countries and oceans bordering Gabon
+
The teacher could ask students to verbally construct a project.
observing the teaching medium of the card in the
+
This project would involve the creation of an orchard. Thus, the teacher could
Save.
+
ask each student to make proposals on the plant species
 +
produce, on maintenance, but also on the management of the orchard.
  
NB. This observation would be guided step by step through a questionnaire on certain target
+
The teacher will collect together the various proposals and with students to try it
elements such as: Central Africa, the four boundaries are the Atlantic, Cameroon,
+
order in a collegial manner.
Equatorial Guinea, Congo.
 
  
He later that the teacher opens the pooling of elements
+
Some students will make proposals on crops to produce, on the other
response to obtain a written record.
+
opportunities for maintenance and more on how to manage the orchard. The teacher
 +
collect the various proposals and according to their relevance or the will does
 +
will not, but students will know the reasons why some proposals
 +
not be accepted.
 
====Pedagogical application 3====
 
====Pedagogical application 3====
====''Symbolism of the flag of Gabon''====
+
====''Translation Team''====
''Level (s)'': 4th grade of primary
+
''Level (s)'': 4 years
  
''Knowledge'': The flag of Gabon
+
''Knowledge'': Vocabulary, language groups.
  
 
''Savoirfaire'':
 
''Savoirfaire'':
Describe the flag of Gabon and explain the meaning of each color.
+
Translate texts in native languages.
  
 
''History'':
 
''History'':
  
Alone or in groups, students may make reports (photographic, video and audio) on
+
Like the second, third application also turn around a job
The flag of Gabon. Thereafter, use these reports through an interaction with the
+
collaboration between students, but this time for work. This application will require the
group class. The use of such data stored in the Register will be guided
+
setting up of several teams. This application would lead to essentially
developed by questioning by the teacher with his students.
+
students to work together to make a translation job. Thus, the work will be divided
 +
so that each student has a part of the work to be done so
 +
individual, which individual will lead to a community so
 +
that the different parties on an individual subject to the various students are
 +
the subject of a community if we're to the analogy or metaphor of the
 +
chain link and that is, the individual links will be here and the setting
 +
common channel.
  
Sample questions:
+
The teacher could use this application to translate a text in various
 +
languages spoken in Gabon. Training teams to follow, therefore belonging to a
 +
language group: the teams will be composed of members belonging to the same group
 +
language and it will have as many groups and linguistic groups. The work will be
 +
distributed within the various groups so that each member has a
 +
part of the text to translate. The second part of the work will require the presence of all
 +
group for the pooling of individual translations.
 +
====Guide to use the Talk:====
 +
This activity is in the Home view. To access, click on the icon
 +
Talk (it is represented by a bubble).
 +
<image Home view>
  
What does the flag of Gabon?
+
To discuss, we must first ensure that students are connected to the same network
 
+
mesh, they are not, then select a network (among the 3 offered meshed networks) on
What are the colors that make up this flag of Gabon?
+
which all students will connect. For the process of connecting to the network
 +
mesh, it is necessary to refer to pages 8 and 9 of the Guide to the initiation and XO
 +
Sugar v8.2 environment.
  
How do these bands of color are they willing?
+
Once that is complete, return to the Talk, click Share
 +
with: My Neighborhood, and then return to the neighborhood view and click or
 +
those with whom one wishes to discuss. After this procedure, return to the page
 +
discussion, writing in the small space at the bottom of the screen once the message recorded
 +
press the Enter key on the keyboard to send the message.
  
These bands have the same size?
+
NB: The number of people with whom you can discuss simultaneously is
 +
not determined. In addition, all those invited to a discussion session have
 +
facto access to the entire contents of the discussion.
 +
===Browse activity===
 +
====Activity Summary====
 +
This activity enables students to explore the world via the XO, it allows
 +
browse the Internet when the XO is connected. It provides access to
 +
Web pages, access to educational materials, use several applications: engine
 +
research (Google, Wikipedia ...), video, audio content, etc.. This activity is aimed at all
 +
students who can already read and write, it could be open to students from
 +
the class of second year, even if initially they are accompanied.
 +
====Affordances of the activity====
 +
* This activity enables students to connect to the Internet through a connection wireless. But to do so, it must have an access line.
 +
* The student can see, web pages, sites, undertake research, communicate with people far away, it can also watch videos, listen to sounds, download documents and even make purchases online.
 +
* This activity can also chat with other people who would themselves connected.
 +
* When this activity is shared with neighbors, it allows to share a discovery that may be made by a student.
  
What does each of the three colors of the flag of Gabon?
+
====Degree centrality====
 +
<image 5/5>
  
Why have we chosen?
+
This activity can be considered taking into account central curriculum of awakening
 
+
in 4th grade. Indeed, these curricula focus on developing knowledge,
Make a summary of what has been done. Paying attention to the three colors, the
+
knowledge to scientists, but also on the empowerment of the student.
form of three bands and their horizontal and meaning of each
+
====Application pédagogique 1====
three colors.
+
====''Creating a listing on the CEMAC''====
====Guide to use Activity Record====
+
''Level (s)'': 4th grade of primary
Save The activity takes place as follows: go to the Home and perspective
+
 
select the Save by clicking on its icon (represented by an eye in
+
''Knowledge'': Spatial Information CEMAC countries
a rectangle).
 
<image Home view>
 
  
The video appears once the activity started, but the student has the choice between options Photo
+
''Savoirfaire'':
Video and Audio.
+
Locate the CEMAC countries on a map of Africa.
<image Photo view>
 
  
Depending on the option chosen, students can either take pictures, record videos or
+
''History'':
record sounds. For video and audio, the student can determine how long
 
recording menus defiant Timeout: and Time: located in the corner
 
upper right corner of the screen.
 
  
For options, the registration is done by clicking on the icon represented by
+
This application turn around a collaborative work, but in team
a circle with black dot at its center and which appears below the image on the screen.
+
to arrive at work more developed.
<image Record! button>
 
  
It is at the bottom of the screen that the achievements of the students appear. By placing the cursor on
+
The application could afford to undertake the creation of a prospectus that
them and clicking the right mouse button (O), it is possible to remove the file
+
present the different countries of the CEMAC (Economic and Monetary Community
activity or the Copy to pressepapier
+
of Central Africa). This prospectus presents a number of elements
to include a text in the activity
+
each country: geography, flag, area, capital, official language (s)
Writing or other activities that give the opportunity. The i in the corner
+
population, President (e), date of independence, currency, telephone.
registration allows the student to see the file date and enable it to
+
 
give an appropriate title.
+
The work will be divided so that it is organized by team. Each team will be
<image photo>
+
assigned a country of this area. After this step, each team will explore
<image photo properties panel>
+
Internet so that each will find different information required for
 +
construction of the identity card of each country.
  
All records are also available in the Journal.
+
Once this team is finished, there will be the preparation of the prospectus by
 +
integrating the various identity cards of the country.
 +
====Application pédagogique 2====
 +
====''Cooperation between two schools''====
 +
''Level (s)'': From Grade 1 to Grade 5
  
Share with the activity record with the neighborhood (along the
+
''Knowledge'': The problem selected by teachers.
procedure for sharing the activities described on pages 15 to 17 of Getting Started in XO
 
and the Sugar environment V.8.2.), other students will receive their registration
 
Colleagues at the bottom of their screen a few seconds after they are completed.
 
===Draw Activity===
 
====Activity Summary====
 
The XO helps students make a drawing from the range of tools: the
 
pencil, brush, eraser, seal, grid Draw ... The activity helps students
 
to shape its design, ie it happen.
 
  
With the draw, the big advantage is that the teacher can easily make
+
''Savoirfaire'':
documentary montages: make a video, take photographs of everything, to explore
+
Cooperate.
web, etc..
 
====Affordances of the activity====
 
Draw activity in the XO, highlights the following affordances:
 
* The student can make a drawing.
 
* The student can color (the learner can have access to different colors in the
 
entry forms or effects).
 
* The student may accompany his drawing of a text.
 
* Students can resize (by Quadrille, while using the height and
 
width).
 
* The student may modify his design, fix it, delete it.
 
* The student can insert an image.
 
* The student may give direction to the drawing (in the Images section, students can
 
reorient its design by turning left or right).
 
* In the Forms section, the learner has a predetermined geometric figures
 
(ellipse, rectangle, polygon, heart, parallelogram, arrow, star, trapezoid, triangle)
 
and it has a line to enable it to carry out all the forms filled in
 
outside the circle.
 
* The student can also share with his peers by showing them his design by
 
example, and they can give their opinions, see correct, when this
 
mesh network.
 
====Degree of centrality of the activity====
 
Draw activity proposed by the XO, is directly integrated into the curriculum of 4th
 
years primary Enlightenment. Indeed, this activity is included in the tier 1: after the
 
fourth week, students must already be able to draw an object of observation. This
 
knowledge is reinforced in the level 3 to 14th and 16th weeks during which
 
the learner must climb a step higher in developing original works from the
 
landscape.
 
====Application pédagogique 1====
 
====''Making a drawing of your choice.''====
 
''Level (s)'': 4th grade of primary
 
  
''Knowledge'': Making a design observer
+
''History'':
  
''Savoirfaire'':
+
This application would allow students to share their experiences, but also their
Being able to illustrate a still life.
+
knowledge among themselves spontaneously in order to interact in real time, even if
 +
they do not live in the same country. It can also get in contact
 +
with a resource person for problem solving (school or extra
 +
school).
  
''History'':
+
In the context of cooperation between two schools located in different countries, on
 +
could require two classes of each of these schools to prepare a presentation on a
 +
separate theme (culture, environment, etc..), and then to provide a
 +
simultaneously to audiences in both schools.
  
Suggested activities, the work must be original. With the Draw students
+
To do this, use applications to realize video-conferencing
draw a landscape with the tools at their disposal. Each student in landscape
+
(Skype, etc.).. Once the technical configurations achieved, students begin their
Identify the elements represented in french language and through the
+
statement which is also followed by students in their countries but also in other
insertion of text. Thus, each exhibiting its landscape, to discover others
+
countries, while providing opportunities for all who follow them to interact by asking
new expressions and languages.
+
questions, but also by making contributions.
<image landscape>
+
====Guide to use the Browse activity:====
====Application pédagogique 2====
+
To start this activity, students will at first move in the perspective
====''Making a map of Gabon''====
+
Neighborhood and click on the available network that appears on the screen (in the form of a
''Level (s)'': 4th grade of primary
+
circle, where connection to a server, this circle is surrounded by parentheses).
''Knowledge'': The student must be able to present the map of agriculture: a background
+
For more details about how to connect to networks for access
card that is offered, students will put the agricultural products of each
+
the Internet, please refer to the initiation of XO and the Sugar environment to V.8.2
Province of Gabon.
+
pages 6 to 9.
 +
<image Neighborhood view>
  
''Savoirfaire'':
+
Once completed and connected, it returns to the Home view, click on the icon
Making a map and identify the agricultural products from each province
+
Browse (represented by a globe).
Gabon.
+
<image Home view>
History:
+
Once the open, students can begin to navigate and enter the site address
The teacher will first nine groups with the mission of each will be
+
they wish to visit in the address bar at the top of the screen and press the button
represented on a map, the main agricultural products in each province. It
+
Enter on the keyboard. To share his business, click on activity, then
can draw symbols representing the products in question, while the
+
Share with: My Neighborhood.
explanation in a caption.
+
===Activity Speak===
 +
====Activity Summary====
 +
Speak with the activity, the XO back the sound of letters, words, sentences, texts and
 +
the figures and numbers typed on the keyboard.
 +
Learners will use the Speak to become familiar with the pronunciation
 +
words, to teach numbers and letters, especially in first grade
 +
Primary Gabon, and to learn self correcting accents.
 +
This could facilitate the recognition of visual and hearing students in
 +
learning vowels, consonants and numbers. It would thus gain
 +
time in education.
 +
====Affordances of the activity====
 +
* Speak returns the sounds of letters, words, sentences, texts as well as figures and numbers typed on the keyboard.
 +
* The student can control the language and appearance of the icon (eyes and mouth).
 +
* It can also control the speed in the pronunciation and the volume of the computer.
  
After the whole, development of a final map within the major products
+
====Degree of centrality of the activity====
agriculture in each province (main storage).
+
<image 5/5>
<image Gabon map>
 
====Pedagogical application 3====
 
====''AIDS''====
 
''Level (s)'': Grade 5
 
''Knowledge'': Students can build their knowledge on the causes, manifestations and
 
treatment.
 
  
''Knowhow'': Making a poster advertising awareness.
+
Speak is a core activity easily integrated into the curricula of primary Gabon in the first year. Indeed, this is where we learn to decipher letters, syllables words, figures and numbers.
  
''History'':
+
====Application pédagogique 1====
Students are placed in group 6. They aim to educate the population
+
====''Decoding of syllables and learning to read in first year''====
identifying the causes, manifestations and treatment of disease. In the late
+
''Level (s)'': 1st year of primary
peer reviews, an advertising poster, which is the accession of all, will be proposed
 
the school administration for a wide dissemination.
 
====The manual of the Draw====
 
Step 1: Implementation of a design
 
  
Select the Draw to view Home.
+
''Knowledge'': The letters, syllables.
<image Home view>
 
  
The page that opens presents tools for drawing (pencil, brush, brush,
+
''Savoirfaire'':
a seal, a range of colors, an eraser).
+
The reading of letters and syllables
Select the pen: it is positioned on the sheet that was opened on the screen.
 
<image toolbar crayon>
 
  
Click with the left button (X) and press and hold to make
+
''History'':
traits. Make the pen to move the mouse to achieve a design.
 
In case of error in the drawing, select the eraser by clicking on the drawing that the
 
represents, it is positioned directly on the sheet.
 
<image toolbar eraser>
 
  
By the same principle as the design: keep the left button (X) key, using the
+
The teacher targets a consonant (m), written on the blackboard and asked the
mouse, move the gum do what needs to be erased. Use the gum as if it
+
students to recognize, to tap the XO and support the Enter button. The computer
was real.
+
returns a sound. The teacher asks students to repeat and read it.
 +
Secondly, it targets a vowel (a), the writing on the blackboard and asks students to the
 +
recognize on the keyboard, tap it on the XO and press Enter. The computer
 +
returns a sound that will be repeated and read by students. Third, the teacher
 +
asks students to type the consonant and vowel on the XO and press Enter. The
 +
the machine returns the sound of the syllable. For example, m + a = ma. Students will be able to
 +
easily recognize and decipher a syllable and learn to read.
 +
====Application pédagogique 2====
 +
====''Recognition of numbers from 0 to 20 and signs of three operations: +, × and ÷ in first and second years.''====
 +
''Level (s)'': 1st year and 2nd year of primary
  
To continue drawing, click on the pencil. Once the drawing, go to
+
''Knowledge'': The numbers from 0 to 20, addition and subtraction.
Step coloring.
 
  
Step 2: Coloring
+
''Savoirfaire'':
 +
Read, count and count the numbers from 0 to 20. Calculate the amounts or
 +
differences less than or equal to 20.
  
First determine the desired color. To do this, click the first icon: Color
+
''History'':
the tool. To the right of it is a square which informs the color tools.
 
A window will open with different colors in the form of a circle with the inside a
 
triangle.
 
<image color choser>
 
  
To choose a color, click the triangle and position the cursor on that color,
+
The teacher wrote the numbers on the blackboard, asks students to recognize the
that appears in the small rectangle below the circle of color. Intensify or reduce
+
keyboard, typing and press Enter. The XO refers to the sound from the figure that will be repeated by
degree by using the triangle. You have to click OK once the selection
+
students. For example, typing 0, they will hear "zero". This will enable them to
completed.
+
recognize by sight and hearing the numbers. Thus, students learn
===Calculate Activity===
+
easy to count and calculate. For the calculation, with the meaning of the signs that
====Activity Summary====
+
return the XO, students can ensure that the transaction is that fact that he was
The activity calculation is a calculator. The student can calculate using numbers and
+
requested. This could help to overcome the errors of signs observed in
signs. In calculating it recognizes numbers, puts them in a distinctive way before and / or
+
activities in mathematics.
According to the mathematical signs to perform different types as
 
add, subtract, multiply and divide.
 
====Affordances of the activity====
 
* The student can add, subtract, multiply or divide numbers or
 
numbers.
 
* Students can make all kinds of divisions (between numbers of
 
fractions).
 
* The student can add fractions with the same denominator.
 
* Students can multiply decimal numbers by 10, 100, 1000.
 
* Students can calculate the percentages.
 
* Students can calculate problems in situations involving addition,
 
subtraction, multiplication or division.
 
* Students can share their findings with a classmate of the class through the XO.
 
* The teacher will save time and be able to quickly appease conflict cognitive that may generate some results.
 
====Degree of centrality of the activity====
 
Calculate activity is very central to all mathematical tasks
 
students from the class of the preparatory first year of primary school. Arrived in fourth
 
grade, students will be able to ask operations to add,
 
subtract, multiply and divide, to perform various calculations, or to solve
 
problem situations in mathematics.
 
  
From the fourth year, the event will calculate the teacher to see if students
+
====Pedagogical application 3====
know how to use mathematical tools and their correct answers.
+
====''Improvement of the lexical spelling.''====
====Application pédagogique 1====
+
''Level (s)'': 1st year of primary
''Level (s)'': 4th grade of primary
 
  
''Knowledge'': Addition of numbers from 0 to 10000
+
''Knowledge'': Accents and punctuation
  
 
''Savoirfaire'':
 
''Savoirfaire'':
Calculate in situations problems, are numbers from 0 to
+
Identify punctuation and place the necessary emphasis in a text at
9999.
+
least ten sentences.
  
 
''History'':
 
''History'':
  
Suggested Activities: Reading and analysis of statements of problems involving
+
The teacher dictates a word, phrase or text. When the student finished, he types Enter.
additions. (eg Add the following numbers: 11 and 43, 13 and 67, 45 and 87).
+
The computer returns to the sounds of words. Take for example the word "consequence". If
 +
forgot the accent on the "e", the XO will return to "consequence". At that time, students went
 +
account of his error and bring the necessary correction. Similarly, students can learn
 +
reading techniques respecting not only the punctuation, but also the diction of
 +
words. This will facilitate the work of teachers and students in learning to read
 +
of difficult words. If the student types such as "excess", the XO will give him the good
 +
pronunciation of the word and keep it. It will be able to read words similar. Finally, given
 +
that the XO is a pause after each punctuation mark, the student will not
 +
only distinguish but also respect them during playback. For example,
 +
Teacher asked to write the words "Mom goes to market she buys meat
 +
vegetables and fruits and type Enter. The XO return the text block. Then the teacher
 +
asked to put punctuation. "Mom goes to market. She buys meat,
 +
vegetables and fruit. " The XO plays with sentence breaks and intonations.
  
After clicking the icon appearing Calculate the prospect of Home XO,
+
====User Guide for Speak====
the student recognizes the numbers and select using the mouse or keyboard. It raises
+
To access the Speak activity in the XO, after opening the prospect Welcome,
its operation on the computer screen and tap the enter key to get display
+
place the cursor on the icon represented by a mouth and two eyes. Three options
result.
+
appear: Run, Remove the favorite, and Delete. Click on Start by pressing
 +
the left button (X) of the touch pad to enter the business. Or to go
 +
quickly, click on the icon to enter the business.
 +
<image Home view>
  
Collaboration dyad:
+
In this activity, there are several tabs and icons on the screen. The Voice tab,
 
+
allows you to change the language of communication. The tab allows you to adjust the face shape
After making its calculation, the dyad share his results with another dyad by
+
the mouth. Gives a simple mouth smaller and resembles that of humans.
Discuss the activity. Example:
+
Waveform provides a wide mouth with ripples during playback. Frequency
 +
gives a wider mouth with oscillations. Moreover, the pattern of eyes may
 +
change. Provides round eyes and round glasses Glasses met with the icon.
 +
The texts written in the blank space at the bottom of the screen will be delivered by the voice of
 +
synthesis. The hook at the bottom right gives the directory of text written by the learner.
 +
<image Speak face>
  
Dyad 1, we find 11 + 43 = 54 and you?
+
Finally, the activity can be shared with the neighborhood ie with users
 +
connected network or in dyads and triads. Students will evaluate themselves, ie
 +
that they can dictate words and check all spelling and
 +
pronunciation. In calculating shape Thursday, a group could start the transaction in the XO,
 +
and another written response. They will develop the cooperative spirit. The procedure
 +
sharing activities with the neighborhood is described on pages 15 to 17 of the Introductory Guide
 +
XO and the Sugar environment V.8.2.
 +
===Activity Record===
 +
====Activity Summary====
 +
Save The activity enables learners and teachers to record videos,
 +
sounds as well as take pictures. They can in this way create content
 +
teaching stuck to the local reality. The teacher can ask learners to
 +
movies, save the cries of animals in their immediate surroundings
 +
or take pictures of a landscape.
 +
====Affordances of the activity====
 +
* The learner can record videos.
 +
* Students can take pictures.
 +
* Students can record sounds (bird song).
 +
* The child may share the record with the group class setting
 +
common to different activities they have done individually.
 +
====Degree centrality====
 +
<image 5/5>
  
Dyad 2: we find 43 + 11 = 54.
+
Save The activity fits in perfectly with the curriculum awakening 4th year
 +
primary, inasmuch as this activity allows the teacher and the learner better
 +
conduct the study of the environment based on images representing this community. This
 +
activity is consistent with a socioconstructionniste because it allows
 +
learners to take part in the construction tools (photographs, video and audio)
 +
essential to learning and that they are themselves users.
  
Dyad 1: It's funny we have the same result, but we have not put the operation
+
====Application pédagogique 1====
in the same order.
+
As part of an educational project, the teacher could invite learners to
 +
divide the tasks: one to handle the audio recording of the national anthem of
 +
Gabon, Concorde, some students will work to explain the flag while gabonais
 +
for others to document the geography of their neighborhood.
 +
====''The Concorde''====
 +
''Level (s)'': 2nd year of primary
  
Dyad 1: Yes, it's just because in addition, order numbers and figures is
+
''Knowledge'': The Concorde.
not significant, the result is always the same because the addition is commutative.
 
 
 
Through this exercise, the teacher can help students understand the concept of
 
commutativity of addition for example.
 
====Application pédagogique 2====
 
''Level (s)'': 4th grade of primary
 
 
 
''Knowledge'': The soustration numbers from 0 to 10000; The multiplication by 2, 3, 4 and 9 ....
 
numbers from 0 to 10000.
 
  
 
''Savoirfaire'':
 
''Savoirfaire'':
Calculate in problem situations, differences and products
+
Sing the chorus and first verse of the national anthem La Concorde.
numbers ranging from 0 to 9999.
 
  
 
''History'':
 
''History'':
  
Invention and analysis by students in problem situations involving
+
As stated in the curricula of awakening in the 2nd year the booklet indicates target situation
subtract and multiply by 2.3 ... 9 numbers from 0 to 10000 Example: Mom gives
+
the learner must know how to sing and skill to acquire is to perform
Makaya to 100 francs for pocket money this week, he bought candy for
+
properly the chorus and first verse of the Concorde. Students can
75 francs. How it is there? Eg a box of eggs contains 6 eggs. How many has he
+
register their service with the recording function to the Audio
7 eggs in cartons of 8 boxes each.
+
share with those around them.
  
Students organized dyad perform subtraction through the calculator
+
Students may work with the Save out the maps, flags and landscapes
XO by putting the correct numbers and numbers with the mathematical sign. Then, in
+
obtained through the affordance photo, make descriptions and identification of
tapping the Enter key, they will get the result of their operation.
+
a flag colors, forms of relief and border activities in accordance with
 +
curricula of arousal class of 4th grade.
 +
====Application pédagogique 2====
 +
====''Geographical Location of Gabon''====
 +
''Level (s)'': 4th grade of primary
  
Collaboration dyad:
+
''Knowledge'': The neighboring countries of Gabon
  
Dyad 1: To solve the problem, we pose the following subtraction: 100 - 75 =
+
''Savoirfaire'':
25. And you?
+
Locate and identify the borders of Gabon
  
Dyad 2: To solve the problem, we found the operation: 75 - 100 = -25; We
+
''History'':
do not understand why the calculator we place the sign (-) before the number 7, then
 
that we are in the subtraction of integers.
 
  
Dyad 1: Because you put your evil operation. In the subtraction
+
Affordance with picture taking, the teacher photography map of Central Africa
natural, most are still before the minus sign (-), since the subtraction
+
in a manual. He created his own teaching materials. Then, he shared his shot
is not commutative.
+
with all students who study it.
  
Dyad collaboration allows students to share their results. Replies
+
The teacher invites students to identify countries and oceans bordering Gabon
generate different cognitive and sociocognitive conflict, allowing the discussion with
+
observing the teaching medium of the card in the
Close to formulate the issues of personalized learning to better
+
Save.
ownership of knowledge. The use of the calculator through the XO, can check its
+
 
own results.
+
NB. This observation would be guided step by step through a questionnaire on certain target
====Guide to use the Calculate====
+
elements such as: Central Africa, the four boundaries are the Atlantic, Cameroon,
To access, place the cursor Calculate the icon (represented by the pictogram of a
+
Equatorial Guinea, Congo.
calculator).
 
<image Home view>
 
  
Click Start to use the calculator. To perform operations that are
+
He later that the teacher opens the pooling of elements
in connection with the problem, use the buttons on the calculator on the screen or
+
response to obtain a written record.
those keys to make the mathematical operation.
+
====Pedagogical application 3====
 +
====''Symbolism of the flag of Gabon''====
 +
''Level (s)'': 4th grade of primary
  
<image Calculator>
+
''Knowledge'': The flag of Gabon
The Enter key gives the answer once the transaction is asked. Equations and their
 
history will appear in the white square on the left hand side of the screen.
 
===Activity Ruler===
 
====Activity Summary====
 
The activity Ruler offers a collection of metric tools that can be printed or used
 
directly on the screen. The student can make the geometry through measurement of
 
length, angles and calculations of areas and perimeters. The teacher may need to
 
print rules, rapporteurs (half circle), leaves and leaf grid
 
millimeter.
 
====Affordances of the activity====
 
* Students can measure the length of an object (pen, pencil, phone
 
portable).
 
* Students can measure an angle formed by two rods for example.
 
* Students can calculate the areas of squares, rectangles on a grid.
 
* Students can use grid sheets to make plans and draw
 
graphics.
 
====Degree of centrality of the activity====
 
Measuring length and angles, the calculation of areas and perimeters of squares and
 
rectangles are skills required for students in the fourth grade. The use
 
Ruler of the activity presents a high degree of centrality.
 
====Application pédagogique 1====
 
====''Measuring length and angles''====
 
''Level (s)'': 4th grade of primary
 
 
 
''Knowledge'': The perimeter of a shape or object and the angle.
 
  
 
''Savoirfaire'':
 
''Savoirfaire'':
Calculate the perimeter and measure the angle.
+
Describe the flag of Gabon and explain the meaning of each color.
  
 
''History'':
 
''History'':
  
The teacher asks students to launch the Ruler and select the first frame.
+
Alone or in groups, students may make reports (photographic, video and audio) on
With the rule that is on their screen, they must measure the lengths of small objects
+
The flag of Gabon. Thereafter, use these reports through an interaction with the
in front of them.
+
group class. The use of such data stored in the Register will be guided
 +
developed by questioning by the teacher with his students.
  
He asked them to select the second view and use the rapporteur at
+
Sample questions:
screen for measuring angles formed by two rods, two pens.
 
====Application pédagogique 2====
 
====''Discover formulas perimeter and area, use these formulas to make
 
calculations''====
 
''Level (s)'': 4th grade of primary
 
  
''Knowledge'': The perimeter and area
+
What does the flag of Gabon?
  
''Savoirfaire'':
+
What are the colors that make up this flag of Gabon?
Making the calculations of perimeter and area
 
  
''History'':
+
How do these bands of color are they willing?
  
Students are invited to start the activity Ruler, click on the tab and select Ruler
+
These bands have the same size?
the third tool.
 
  
<image Ruler grid>
+
What does each of the three colors of the flag of Gabon?
On this grid, they must identify a square and discover the formula for the perimeter of this
 
square by counting the number of subdivisions on each side. They will then identify
 
Other squares in which they will calculate the perimeter using the formula found.
 
  
On this grid, they must also identify a rectangle and find the formula for the perimeter
+
Why have we chosen?
of this rectangle by counting the number of subdivisions on each side. They will then
 
identify other rectangles which they will calculate the perimeter using the formula
 
discovery.
 
  
The second phase is to identify on a square grid and calculate its area in
+
Make a summary of what has been done. Paying attention to the three colors, the
counting the number of small squares that are inside the square. The child discovers
+
form of three bands and their horizontal and meaning of each
Thus the formula for the area of the square. With this formula, students will identify other
+
three colors.
squares and calculate their areas.
+
====Guide to use Activity Record====
 +
Save The activity takes place as follows: go to the Home and perspective
 +
select the Save by clicking on its icon (represented by an eye in
 +
a rectangle).
 +
<image Home view>
  
They will take the same approach to discover the formula for the area of a rectangle
+
The video appears once the activity started, but the student has the choice between options Photo
and use the same formula to calculate the areas identified other rectangles.
+
Video and Audio.
====User Guide of the Ruler====
+
<image Photo view>
You can access the Ruler by clicking on the icon of a rule in the run home.
 
<image Home view>
 
  
Once in the activity, click on the Ruler to display the different tools
+
Depending on the option chosen, students can either take pictures, record videos or
measure available.
+
record sounds. For video and audio, the student can determine how long
<image Ruler toolbar>
+
recording menus defiant Timeout: and Time: located in the corner
 +
upper right corner of the screen.
  
Changing the tools by clicking on the icons shown above.
+
For options, the registration is done by clicking on the icon represented by
 +
a disc with black dot at its center and which appears below the image on the screen.
 +
<image Record! button>
  
It is possible for the teacher to print these tools by making a catch
+
It is at the bottom of the screen that the achievements of the students appear. By placing the cursor on
screen by pressing the keys 1 Atl simultaneously. The screenshot will appear in
+
them and clicking the right mouse button (O), it is possible to remove the file
the Journal. It is therefore possible for the teacher to put it on a USB key, to
+
activity or the Copy to pressepapier
transfer the file to a computer linked to a printer and to print.
+
to include a text in the activity
===Memorize Activity===
+
Writing or other activities that give the opportunity. The i in the corner
====Activity Summary====
+
registration allows the student to see the file date and enable it to
The student must keep the knowledge. Remember The activity allows students to practice
+
give an appropriate title.
mathematical operations by combining their results, and capital letters
+
<image photo>
tiny, and so on. This activity can be done individually or in groups, as a game
+
<image photo properties panel>
 +
 
 +
All records are also available in the Journal.
 +
 
 +
Share with the activity record with the neighborhood (along the
 +
procedure for sharing the activities described on pages 15 to 17 of Getting Started in XO
 +
and the Sugar environment V.8.2.), other students will receive their registration
 +
Colleagues at the bottom of their screen a few seconds after they are completed.
 +
===Draw Activity===
 +
====Activity Summary====
 +
The XO helps students make a drawing from the range of tools: the
 +
pencil, brush, eraser, seal, grid Draw ... The activity helps students
 +
to shape its design, ie it happen.
  
The student can recognize the words he has never learned and can learn to write and
+
With the draw, the big advantage is that the teacher can easily make
pronounce. So Remember that the activity may lead to their learning
+
documentary montages: make a video, take photographs of everything, to explore
meanings and how to use them. Students as teachers can create
+
web, etc..
educational activities of their memory.
 
 
====Affordances of the activity====
 
====Affordances of the activity====
* Develop visual and auditory memory. The student will have to find a
+
Draw activity in the XO, highlights the following affordances:
addition, a letter or a musical instrument and sound that accompanies it and
+
* The student can make a drawing.
memory.
+
* The student can color (the learner can have access to different colors in the entry forms or effects).
* Students can learn to read and write the new letters and the power
+
* The student may accompany his drawing of a text.
made.
+
* Students can resize (by Quadrille, while using the height and width).
* Students can learn the meaning and use of new words.
+
* The student may modify his design, fix it, delete it.
* It can quickly add up mentally and operations.
+
* The student can insert an image.
* The student can play with other students.
+
* The student may give direction to the drawing (in the Images section, students can reorient its design by turning left or right).
* Students can learn the social knowledge (skills, know-how, become).
+
* In the Forms section, the learner has a predetermined geometric figures (ellipse, rectangle, polygon, heart, parallelogram, arrow, star, trapezoid, triangle) and it has a line to enable it to carry out all the forms filled in outside the circle.
* Students can keep recording community knowledge and be able to
+
* The student can also share with his peers by showing them his design by example, and they can give their opinions, see correct, when this mesh network.
apply.
+
 
* Students may remember, remember the social achievements.
 
* The student is able to methodically establish, by its repetition in
 
memory learning.
 
 
====Degree of centrality of the activity====
 
====Degree of centrality of the activity====
Memorization is highly integrated into the curriculum and particularly in
+
<image 5/5>
primary education which the young learner has not yet acquired the ability
+
 
development of synthesis. In the curricula of primary evaluation is
+
Draw activity proposed by the XO, is directly integrated into the curriculum of 4th
generally based on the ability to memorize, ie to store,
+
years primary Enlightenment. Indeed, this activity is included in the tier 1: after the
retain the knowledge acquired earlier. It is in this business to grow
+
fourth week, students must already be able to draw an object of observation. This
recall, reminiscence of the acquis.
+
knowledge is reinforced in the level 3 to 14th and 16th weeks during which
 +
the learner must climb a step higher in developing original works from the
 +
landscape.
 +
 
 
====Application pédagogique 1====
 
====Application pédagogique 1====
====''Memorize it is to recall or remember''====
+
====''Making a drawing of your choice.''====
''Level (s)'': From the 1st to 3rd grade of primary
+
''Level (s)'': 4th grade of primary
  
''Knowledge'': The numbers from 0 to 99, addition without deferral of numbers from 0 to 99
+
''Knowledge'': Making a design observer
  
 
''Savoirfaire'':
 
''Savoirfaire'':
Write, read, decompose, recompose, compare the numbers from 0 to 99.
+
Being able to illustrate a still life.
Inventing statements of problems involving additive free report.
 
  
 
''History'':
 
''History'':
  
# Reading and Writing numbers in words, eg read the number 20 written in letters
+
Suggested activities, the work must be original. With the Draw students
a leaf.
+
draw a landscape with the tools at their disposal. Each student in landscape
# Invention and analysis by students in problem situations involving
+
Identify the elements represented in french language and through the
additions without report.
+
insertion of text. Thus, each exhibiting its landscape, to discover others
The teacher will go to the Save by clicking the icon is represented by
+
new expressions and languages.
a grid square of three horizontal and three vertical squares. Once the activity is
+
<image landscape>
offered, the teacher will ask students to click on a square to keep the figure
 
appears, read it aloud and write it.
 
 
====Application pédagogique 2====
 
====Application pédagogique 2====
====''Memorize to keep it or keep''====
+
====''Making a map of Gabon''====
''Level (s)'': 4th and 5th grade of primary
+
''Level (s)'': 4th grade of primary
 +
''Knowledge'': The student must be able to present the map of agriculture: a background
 +
card that is offered, students will put the agricultural products of each
 +
Province of Gabon.
 +
 
 +
''Savoirfaire'':
 +
Making a map and identify the agricultural products from each province
 +
Gabon.
 +
History:
 +
The teacher will first nine groups with the mission of each will be
 +
represented on a map, the main agricultural products in each province. It
 +
can draw symbols representing the products in question, while the
 +
explanation in a caption.
  
''Knowledge'': The numbers from 0 to 99, the report added without numbers
+
After the whole, development of a final map within the major products
 +
agriculture in each province (main storage).
 +
<image Gabon map>
 +
====Pedagogical application 3====
 +
====''AIDS''====
 +
''Level (s)'': Grade 5
 +
''Knowledge'': Students can build their knowledge on the causes, manifestations and
 +
treatment.
  
''Savoirfaire'':
+
''Knowhow'': Making a poster advertising awareness.
Quickly calculate the sums of the numbers from 0 to 99
 
  
 
''History'':
 
''History'':
 
+
Students are placed in group 6. They aim to educate the population
The teacher will ask students to click on a square in the upper part of the
+
identifying the causes, manifestations and treatment of disease. In the late
grid and asked to memorize the sum that appears, then the students will click
+
peer reviews, an advertising poster, which is the accession of all, will be proposed
the bottom of the grid to find the result of the addition. The student scores a point
+
the school administration for a wide dissemination.
when it comes to match the addition and its outcome.
+
====The manual of the Draw====
====Guide to use the Save====
+
Step 1: Implementation of a design
Remember this activity is found in the Home view. To access, click
+
 
Remember the icon with the left button (X) of the touchpad.
+
Select the Draw to view Home.
 
<image Home view>
 
<image Home view>
  
After clicking on this icon, the grid appears, you can click a square in
+
The page that opens presents tools for drawing (pencil, brush, brush,
the upper part of the grid and store the sum, then click on a square in the
+
a seal, a range of colors, an eraser).
part of the bottom of the grid to find the result of the problem proposed in the square from the top
+
Select the pen: it is positioned on the sheet that was opened on the screen.
that has been previously selected.
+
<image toolbar crayon>
<image Memorize view>
 
  
When the result does not correspond to the addition, the sum and the result disappear.
+
Click with the left button (X) and press and hold to make
While when we have a good answer to the sum and the result are displayed
+
traits. Make the pen to move the mouse to achieve a design.
the screen that mark the points in the student's name.
+
In case of error in the drawing, select the eraser by clicking on the drawing that the
<image Memorize view2>
+
represents, it is positioned directly on the sheet.
 +
<image toolbar eraser>
  
You can change the figures or data literate sound by pressing
+
By the same principle as the design: keep the left button (X) key, using the
Service Charge on parties demonstrations placed above the grid. There is
+
mouse, move the gum do what needs to be erased. Use the gum as if it
possibility of widening the scope of the grid by clicking on the box dimensions
+
was real.
4 X 4.
 
<image grid size selector>
 
  
Indeed, the Create tab leaves an opportunity for teachers and students to create as many games
+
To continue drawing, click on the pencil. Once the drawing, go to
possible. While respecting the principle of combining two elements, the games can
+
Step coloring.
take several forms (involving a word and its opposite, set of words Genre
 
different words in language and in french, etc..)
 
<image Activity editing>
 
  
To save the parties created, click the Save icon third party.
+
Step 2: Coloring
They will be recorded in the Journal and will be accessible through the bar
 
top by clicking the second icon on the Charger.
 
===Distance Activity===
 
====Activity Summary====
 
This activity is used to compute the distance between two computers.
 
  
Students can measure distances to evaluate intervals between two points in
+
First determine the desired color. To do this, click the first icon: Color
school with the little green XO computer. Students organized in dyads should be placed
+
the tool. To the right of it is a square which informs the color tools.
so that the sound emitted simultaneously by each of the computers can be levied
+
A window will open with different colors in the form of a circle with the inside a
by the other so that the measured distance can be assessed.
+
triangle.
 +
<image color choser>
  
With a combination of activities, it is possible that the students use
+
To choose a color, click the triangle and position the cursor on that color,
simultaneously and the Draw Distance.
+
that appears in the small rectangle below the circle of color. Intensify or reduce
 +
degree by using the triangle. You have to click OK once the selection
 +
completed.
 +
===Calculate Activity===
 +
====Activity Summary====
 +
The activity calculation is a calculator. The student can calculate using numbers and
 +
signs. In calculating it recognizes numbers, puts them in a distinctive way before and / or
 +
According to the mathematical signs to perform different types as
 +
add, subtract, multiply and divide.
 
====Affordances of the activity====
 
====Affordances of the activity====
* Students can measure the length to go to get from one point to another.
+
* The student can add, subtract, multiply or divide numbers or numbers.
* Students can measure the perimeter of the classroom.
+
* Students can make all kinds of divisions (between numbers of fractions).
* Students can measure the distance to make a course in Education
+
* The student can add fractions with the same denominator.
physical and sports (EPS) for example.
+
* Students can multiply decimal numbers by 10, 100, 1000.
* Students may draw together and assess the distance between two drawings.
+
* Students can calculate the percentages.
 +
* Students can calculate problems in situations involving addition, subtraction, multiplication or division.
 +
* Students can share their findings with a classmate of the class through the XO.
 +
* The teacher will save time and be able to quickly appease conflict cognitive that may generate some results.
 +
 
 
====Degree of centrality of the activity====
 
====Degree of centrality of the activity====
According to the curriculum of the fourth grade, the distance may be
+
<image 5/5>
Central to the main concepts of teaching / learning
 
characteristics to this grade level. The measured distances can then be
 
used to calculate an area where a surface for example. The concepts
 
distance measures have their place in mathematics, in the section of the
 
geometry.
 
  
Before the fourth year in Éveil 2nd year, and Draw Distance can be
+
Calculate activity is very central to all mathematical tasks
combined and become central when spatio-temporal structure.
+
students from the class of the preparatory first year of primary school. Arrived in fourth
====Application pédagogique 1====
+
grade, students will be able to ask operations to add,
''Level of study'': 4th year
+
subtract, multiply and divide, to perform various calculations, or to solve
 +
problem situations in mathematics.
 +
 
 +
From the fourth year, the event will calculate the teacher to see if students
 +
know how to use mathematical tools and their correct answers.
 +
 
 +
====Application pédagogique 1====
 +
''Level (s)'': 4th grade of primary
  
''Knowledge'': The perimeter and the half-perimeter of the rectangle
+
''Knowledge'': Addition of numbers from 0 to 10000
  
 
''Savoirfaire'':
 
''Savoirfaire'':
Measure or calculate problems in situations on the perimeter and demipérimètre Rectangle
+
Calculate in situations problems, are numbers from 0 to
 +
9999.
  
 
''History'':
 
''History'':
  
Reading and analysis of statements of problems involving the calculation of perimeter and
+
Suggested Activities: Reading and analysis of statements of problems involving
half-perimeter of rectangular figures. (Eg the internal perimeter of the classroom to
+
additions. (eg Add the following numbers: 11 and 43, 13 and 67, 45 and 87).
using the XO).
 
  
Statement: Identify the lengths and widths of the class, and measure distances by means
+
After clicking the icon appearing Calculate the prospect of Home XO,
of XO.
+
the student recognizes the numbers and select using the mouse or keyboard. It raises
 +
its operation on the computer screen and tap the enter key to get display
 +
result.
  
The teacher can arrange the class into dyads.
+
Collaboration dyad:
Two different dyads, each with an XO computer, identifies a length and a
 
width of the classroom, and carries through the measure of the distance. Each
 
side of the class is measured using the XO.
 
  
Both XO network engaged in the give a distance measure similar to a rule
+
After making its calculation, the dyad share his results with another dyad by
calibrated accurately.
+
Discuss the activity. Example:
  
Students could then use these measurements to calculate the perimeter of the classroom.
+
Dyad 1, we find 11 + 43 = 54 and you?
 +
 
 +
Dyad 2: we find 43 + 11 = 54.
 +
 
 +
Dyad 1: It's funny we have the same result, but we have not put the operation
 +
in the same order.
  
Collaboration in dyads:
+
Dyad 1: Yes, it's just because in addition, order numbers and figures is
 +
not significant, the result is always the same because the addition is commutative.
  
After displaying the remote computer screens, students share
+
Through this exercise, the teacher can help students understand the concept of
viewing results and agree to the distance restraint.
+
commutativity of addition for example.
 
====Application pédagogique 2====
 
====Application pédagogique 2====
''Level (s)'': 3rd grade of primary
+
''Level (s)'': 4th grade of primary
  
''Knowledge'': Metric, straight line
+
''Knowledge'': The soustration numbers from 0 to 10000; The multiplication by 2, 3, 4 and 9 ....
 +
numbers from 0 to 10000.
  
 
''Savoirfaire'':
 
''Savoirfaire'':
Measure and compare several segments of existing right
+
Calculate in problem situations, differences and products
the environment in the home, in the classroom, in the schoolyard.
+
numbers ranging from 0 to 9999.
  
 
''History'':
 
''History'':
  
Statement: Identify the distance measure, determine using the XO as provided by
+
Invention and analysis by students in problem situations involving
the protocol to use. Compare distances obtained on the computer screen and
+
subtract and multiply by 2.3 ... 9 numbers from 0 to 10000 Example: Mom gives
record the distances obtained in the Journal by naming them.
+
Makaya to 100 francs for pocket money this week, he bought candy for
 +
75 francs. How it is there? Eg a box of eggs contains 6 eggs. How many has he
 +
7 eggs in cartons of 8 boxes each.
  
Application:
+
Students organized dyad perform subtraction through the calculator
 +
XO by putting the correct numbers and numbers with the mathematical sign. Then, in
 +
tapping the Enter key, they will get the result of their operation.
  
For example: the door of the class A, at the door of Class B: 10.11 meters.
+
Collaboration dyad:
  
Measurements in the schoolyard can be plotted on the plan
+
Dyad 1: To solve the problem, we pose the following subtraction: 100 - 75 =
the school by pupils.
+
25. And you?
  
Collaboration in dyads:
+
Dyad 2: To solve the problem, we found the operation: 75 - 100 = -25; We
 +
do not understand why the calculator we place the sign (-) before the number 7, then
 +
that we are in the subtraction of integers.
  
Dyads distances are displayed on the screens of XO and agree to the
+
Dyad 1: Because you put your evil operation. In the subtraction
actual distance.
+
natural, most are still before the minus sign (-), since the subtraction
 +
is not commutative.
  
NB: Through this activity, teachers can help students develop skills to
+
Dyad collaboration allows students to share their results. Replies
measure distances with the XO.
+
generate different cognitive and sociocognitive conflict, allowing the discussion with
====Pedagogical application 3====
+
Close to formulate the issues of personalized learning to better
''Level of study'': 2nd year of primary
+
ownership of knowledge. The use of the calculator through the XO, can check its
 +
own results.
 +
====Guide to use the Calculate====
 +
To access, place the cursor Calculate the icon (represented by the pictogram of a
 +
calculator).
 +
<image Home view>
  
''Knowledge": spatio-temporal structure: in front, behind, before, ... next to, far, near, around.
+
Click Start to use the calculator. To perform operations that are
 +
in connection with the problem, use the buttons on the calculator on the screen or
 +
those keys to make the mathematical operation.
 +
 
 +
<image Calculator>
 +
The Enter key gives the answer once the transaction is asked. Equations and their
 +
history will appear in the white square on the left hand side of the screen.
 +
===Activity Ruler===
 +
====Activity Summary====
 +
The activity Ruler offers a collection of metric tools that can be printed or used
 +
directly on the screen. The student can make the geometry through measurement of
 +
length, angles and calculations of areas and perimeters. The teacher may need to
 +
print rules, rapporteurs (half circle), leaves and leaf grid
 +
millimeter.
 +
====Affordances of the activity====
 +
* Students can measure the length of an object (pen, pencil, phone portable).
 +
* Students can measure an angle formed by two rods for example.
 +
* Students can calculate the areas of squares, rectangles on a grid.
 +
* Students can use grid sheets to make plans and draw graphics.
 +
====Degree of centrality of the activity====
 +
<image 5/5>
 +
 
 +
Measuring length and angles, the calculation of areas and perimeters of squares and
 +
rectangles are skills required for students in the fourth grade. The use
 +
Ruler of the activity presents a high degree of centrality.
 +
====Application pédagogique 1====
 +
====''Measuring length and angles''====
 +
''Level (s)'': 4th grade of primary
 +
 
 +
''Knowledge'': The perimeter of a shape or object and the angle.
  
 
''Savoirfaire'':
 
''Savoirfaire'':
Draw and / or identify an object in relation to another, or a student.
+
Calculate the perimeter and measure the angle.
  
 
''History'':
 
''History'':
  
Simulation of role play where one student gives orders to another student using the
+
The teacher asks students to launch the Ruler and select the first frame.
terms: before, after, on ... near, far, after, for example around
+
With the rule that is on their screen, they must measure the lengths of small objects
====User Guide of the Distance====
+
in front of them.
As a first step, it will ensure that the XO is connected to the same network
+
 
meshed. To do this, see pages 8 and 9 of the Guide to the initiation and XO
+
He asked them to select the second view and use the rapporteur at
Sugar environment V.8.2. In the Home view, begin the activity by clicking
+
screen for measuring angles formed by two rods, two pens.
the icon representing a dolphin.
+
====Application pédagogique 2====
<image Home view>
+
====''Discover formulas perimeter and area, use these formulas to make calculations''====
 +
''Level (s)'': 4th grade of primary
 +
 
 +
''Knowledge'': The perimeter and area
 +
 
 +
''Savoirfaire'':
 +
Making the calculations of perimeter and area
  
In the box Share with: select my neighborhood. Follow one of
+
''History'':
sharing procedures described on pages 16 and 17 of Getting Started in XO and
 
Sugar environment V.8.2. The two connected XO activity can begin. Click
 
Start far away.
 
<image Distance screen>
 
  
It is therefore the position of XO computers one side to another. Computers emit
+
Students are invited to start the activity Ruler, click on the tab and select Ruler
in turn a sound wave that can measure the distance between the two
+
the third tool.
screens. This will be displayed on the screen. Ideally, the XO should be placed on the
+
 
ground without any obstacles obstructing the sound emitted by the devices. Note that
+
<image Ruler grid>
weather can also influence the measure. Therefore
+
On this grid, they must identify a square and discover the formula for the perimeter of this
Atmosphere tab allows the student to enter the variables of temperature and humidity
+
square by counting the number of subdivisions on each side. They will then identify
on so that the measures are as accurate as possible.
+
Other squares in which they will calculate the perimeter using the formula found.
<image Atmosphere toolbar>
+
 
===Activity Measure===
+
On this grid, they must also identify a rectangle and find the formula for the perimeter
====Activity Summary====
+
of this rectangle by counting the number of subdivisions on each side. They will then
Measuring this activity helps students explore the physical world, it allows us to see
+
identify other rectangles which they will calculate the perimeter using the formula
different variations of a sound (frequency, amplitude, etc..) using the microphone
+
discovery.
XO. The student can have a visual representation of a wave as well as learn
+
 
concepts related: the frequency, amplitude, time, etc.. This activity can be
+
The second phase is to identify on a square grid and calculate its area in
used during the course of primary education, and since the first year.
+
counting the number of small squares that are inside the square. The child discovers
====Affordances of the activity====
+
Thus the formula for the area of the square. With this formula, students will identify other
* The student can view a graphical representation of the wave produced by sound.
+
squares and calculate their areas.
* Students can record over a period of time that the wave generated.
 
* Students may be required to differentiate the sound of a tone.
 
* It can classify the sounds according to their kind.
 
* Students can measure the amplitude of a sound.
 
* Students can measure the frequency of a wave.
 
* The student can compare the sound with his classmates.
 
The activity measurement also presents a number of affordances such as measuring the
 
voltage of a current or observe these currents on the screen as you would with a
 
oscilloscope, which can be developed as required curriculum. A list of
 
possibilities and specifications for construction of the different probes are available at
 
Next: # http://wiki.laptop.org/go/Measure Projects_and_Activities_Index. Only
 
this resource is available in English and requires skills in
 
of electricity. For the use of probes and tools (thermometer,
 
pH indicator, indicator of the turbidity of a liquid indicator of the conductivity of a
 
liquid, etc..) software were designed specifically for the XO. For more
 
information, visit the Vernier to the following address:
 
http://www.vernier.com/netbooks/olpc.html
 
====Degree of centrality of the activity====
 
This activity in terms of curricula for the 4th year of primary education can be regarded as
 
device. At the central level, it could be placed at level 3. Because if it does
 
is really not the primary curriculum, it enables students to explore
 
domains other than those prescribed and develop curiosity and promote its
 
spirit of discovery.
 
====Application pédagogique 1====
 
====''Exploration and comparison of sounds''====
 
''Level (s)'': 4th to 5th grade of primary
 
  
''Knowledge'': The CW
+
They will take the same approach to discover the formula for the area of a rectangle
 +
and use the same formula to calculate the areas identified other rectangles.
 +
====User Guide of the Ruler====
 +
You can access the Ruler by clicking on the icon of a rule in the run home.
 +
<image Home view>
  
''Savoirfaire'':
+
Once in the activity, click on the Ruler to display the different tools
Explore the sounds in their physical dimension.
+
measure available.
 +
<image Ruler toolbar>
  
''History'':
+
Changing the tools by clicking on the icons shown above.
  
Through the feature that allows you to record sound, the teacher and students
+
It is possible for the teacher to print these tools by making a catch
could save a number of sounds to form a kind of
+
screen by pressing the keys 1 Atl simultaneously. The screenshot will appear in
sound database.
+
the Journal. It is therefore possible for the teacher to put it on a USB key, to
 +
transfer the file to a computer linked to a printer and to print.
  
Once the database set up (the sounds come from both
+
===Memorize Activity===
the everyday environment, as everywhere else) students proceed to
+
====Activity Summary====
comparisons to determine which sounds are the highest, lowest, most
+
The student must keep the knowledge. Remember The activity allows students to practice
acute, the most serious differentiate waves and sound, see the frequency and
+
mathematical operations by combining their results, and capital letters
amplitude, etc..
+
tiny, and so on. This activity can be done individually or in groups, as a game
====User Guide for the Measurement====
 
To start this activity, click the Measure icon is in the perspective
 
Home XO (it is represented by a screen where we see a curve).
 
<image Home view>
 
  
Once in the business, we have a number of features, so we can
+
The student can recognize the words he has never learned and can learn to write and
amplitude control (visual) by extending or shortening.
+
pronounce. So Remember that the activity may lead to their learning
<image >
+
meanings and how to use them. Students as teachers can create
 
+
educational activities of their memory.
The microphone can record sounds is de facto running as soon as we began
+
====Affordances of the activity====
on the Measure. There is an icon that lets you start recording
+
* Develop visual and auditory memory. The student will have to find a addition, a letter or a musical instrument and sound that accompanies it and memory.
sound (at the top of the screen on the far right) and another that allows you to control when
+
* Students can learn to read and write the new letters and the power made.
recording (it can be done immediately or can be programmed in a
+
* Students can learn the meaning and use of new words.
time interval determined). Sound option allows you to see sounds, but
+
* It can quickly add up mentally and operations.
also be recorded, while the option Sensors can measure the voltage of a
+
* The student can play with other students.
current, but also see it on the screen. Like all activities,
+
* Students can learn the social knowledge (skills, know-how, become).
to share his business, click on the Activity tab, and then click Share with: My
+
* Students can keep recording community knowledge and be able to apply.
neighborhood, and follow the procedure for sharing on pages 15 to 17 of Getting Started in XO and
+
* Students may remember, remember the social achievements.
the environment Sugar V.8.2.
+
* The student is able to methodically establish, by its repetition in memory learning.
===Activity Scratch===
+
====Degree of centrality of the activity====
====Activity Summary====
+
<image 5/5>
Scratch The activity allows students to make the programming object, ie of
 
make programs and games with ease. Also, in this
 
rich graphical environment, students can locate in space, identifying and
 
placing objects in relation to a landmark. It can also compare packages through
 
their cardinal (number of elements). These activities are for students of all
 
levels depending on the complexity of the task at hand.
 
  
With a combination of activities, it is possible that the students use
+
Memorization is highly integrated into the curriculum and particularly in
simultaneously the Draw Distance and Scratch.
+
primary education which the young learner has not yet acquired the ability
====Affordances of the activity====
+
development of synthesis. In the curricula of primary evaluation is
* The student can make the programming object.
+
generally based on the ability to memorize, ie to store,
* Students can create simple programs and designing video games.
+
retain the knowledge acquired earlier. It is in this business to grow
* Students can program the movement of characters within a
+
recall, reminiscence of the acquis.
graphical environment.
 
* Students can design avatars (characters or objects)
 
* The student can position the objects within an environment.
 
* The student may also place or draw, placing an object near or far from
 
and appreciate the distance between two drawings.
 
* The student can identify objects placed on or under a given benchmark.
 
* Students may place an object on or under a given benchmark.
 
* Students may place an object above or below a given benchmark.
 
* The student can identify the internal and / or outside of an object or a space.
 
* Students may place an object within and / or outside of another.
 
* Students can compare sets by matching term by term (without
 
count) to highlight the concepts provided that, unless more than.
 
* Students can compare their answers with those of its peers.
 
* The student may be assisted by his peers or by the teacher.
 
====Degree of centrality of the activity====
 
Scratch The activity helps students to achieve the know-how relating to
 
affordances above, has a very high degree of centrality. By
 
Therefore, its use can be recommended in the implementation of curricula
 
primary. Indeed, in the 3rd year Awakening, Draw Distance and Scracth may be
 
combined and become central when spatio-temporal structure.
 
 
 
The interest for the teacher to work on the XO is justified by several
 
reasons. Scratch scenes are closer to the reality that the designs of the book because
 
the mobility of objects in them. In the manual first year of primary education, on
 
asks the children to draw objects over, under, above, below, beside, etc..
 
This can be problematic for those who can not draw. Scratch on avoiding this
 
difficulty because they have to move objects that already exist, in case of error, the student has
 
nothing to erase, it is sufficient to correct by moving the object.
 
 
====Application pédagogique 1====
 
====Application pédagogique 1====
====''Lie within the space''====
+
====''Memorize it is to recall or remember''====
''Level (s)'': 1st year of primary
+
''Level (s)'': From the 1st to 3rd grade of primary
  
''Knowledge'': The terms: over, under, above, below.
+
''Knowledge'': The numbers from 0 to 99, addition without deferral of numbers from 0 to 99
  
 
''Savoirfaire'':
 
''Savoirfaire'':
Locate in space by ID or by placing an object on or under, above
+
Write, read, decompose, recompose, compare the numbers from 0 to 99.
or below a given benchmark. Solve problems involving significant
+
Inventing statements of problems involving additive free report.
involves the spatial structure.
 
  
 
''History'':
 
''History'':
  
The teacher provides students with a scene in which there is a trampoline, a cat and a
+
# Reading and Writing numbers in words, eg read the number 20 written in letters a leaf.
balloon. The ball is placed on the trampoline and there is a cat under the trampoline. In addition to
+
# Invention and analysis by students in problem situations involving additions without report.
find a girl whose arms are raised and legs apart completely
+
The teacher will go to the Save by clicking the icon is represented by
the horizontal below it is a balloon.
+
a grid square of three horizontal and three vertical squares. Once the activity is
 
+
offered, the teacher will ask students to click on a square to keep the figure
Students are required to identify the position of the ball and the cat in relation to
+
appears, read it aloud and write it.
trampoline. They are also asked to identify the position of the ball compared to the young
 
daughter. The teacher expects the students to be able to answer that:
 
*The ball is on the trampoline;
 
*The ball is above the trampoline;
 
*The cat is under the trampoline;
 
*The ball is below the girl;
 
The teacher provides a second stage in which there is the young girl and a ball.
 
The student must place the ball over, under, above, below the girl.
 
 
====Application pédagogique 2====
 
====Application pédagogique 2====
====''Inside or outside''====
+
====''Memorize to keep it or keep''====
''Level (s)'': 1st year of primary
+
''Level (s)'': 4th and 5th grade of primary
  
''Knowledge'': The terms: inside, outside.
+
''Knowledge'': The numbers from 0 to 99, the report added without numbers
  
 
''Savoirfaire'':
 
''Savoirfaire'':
Locate an object inside or outside a package. Resolve
+
Quickly calculate the sums of the numbers from 0 to 99
significant problems involving spatial structure.
 
  
 
''History'':
 
''History'':
  
The teacher provides a scene where a fruit basket and some of which are
+
The teacher will ask students to click on a square in the upper part of the
located in the shopping basket and others outside of the basket. The student must identify those
+
grid and asked to memorize the sum that appears, then the students will click
within and those who are outside.
+
the bottom of the grid to find the result of the addition. The student scores a point
 +
when it comes to match the addition and its outcome.
 +
====Guide to use the Save====
 +
Remember this activity is found in the Home view. To access, click
 +
Remember the icon with the left button (X) of the touchpad.
 +
<image Home view>
  
It asks students to move two objects from the interior to the exterior of the basket.
+
After clicking on this icon, the grid appears, you can click a square in
====Pedagogical application 3====
+
the upper part of the grid and store the sum, then click on a square in the
====''Sets''====
+
part of the bottom of the grid to find the result of the problem proposed in the square from the top
''Level (s)'': 1st year of primary
+
that has been previously selected.
  
''Knowledge'': The terms provided that, unless and more than.
+
<image Memorize view>
  
''Savoirfaire'':
+
When the result does not correspond to the addition, the sum and the result disappear.
Compare sets of objects. Solve problems involving significant
+
While when we have a good answer to the sum and the result are displayed
involve the comparison of ensembles.
+
the screen that mark the points in the student's name.
  
''History'':
+
<image Memorize view2>
  
The teacher provides a scene where there are four circles representing four forest
+
You can change the figures or data literate sound by pressing
within which there are animals.
+
Service Charge on parties demonstrations placed above the grid. There is
 +
possibility of widening the scope of the grid by clicking on the box dimensions 4 X 4.
  
Students should compare the forest and say what is that all animals that
+
<image grid size selector>
another one with the fewer animals than the others, that more animals than the
 
others.
 
  
The master is expected that students compare sets by correspondence
+
Indeed, the Create tab leaves an opportunity for teachers and students to create as many games
animal by animal.
+
possible. While respecting the principle of combining two elements, the games can
 +
take several forms (involving a word and its opposite, set of words Genre
 +
different words in language and in french, etc..)
  
To carry out its educational applications, the teacher may:
+
<image Activity editing>
*Construct the scene on the XO;
 
*The students sent to the grid;
 
*Enable students to describe and comment on the scene;
 
Orally-ask the first question (identification of objects relative to a benchmark);
 
*Allow students time to answer them individually;
 
*Allow students time to share, to seek help;
 
*How the whole class;
 
*Repeat the same procedure for other questions.
 
====User Guide of the Scratch====
 
Click on the Scratch From Home view XO.
 
<image Home view>
 
  
Click on Choose a new pixie from a file, 4 costume categories
+
To save the parties created, click the Save icon third party.
(illustrations) appear (animals, fantasy, people, things).
+
They will be recorded in the Journal and will be accessible through the bar
<image Scratch home>
+
top by clicking the second icon on the Charger.
  
Double-click on Things, objects appear;
+
===Distance Activity===
<image folder selection popup>
+
====Activity Summary====
 +
This activity is used to compute the distance between two computers.
  
Move the cursor over the selected object (such as the trampoline), click on it, and then validate
+
Students can measure distances to evaluate intervals between two points in
OK. The trampoline will appear on the scene.
+
school with the little green XO computer. Students organized in dyads should be placed
<image Things>
+
so that the sound emitted simultaneously by each of the computers can be levied
 +
by the other so that the measured distance can be assessed.
  
Repeat for other objects.
+
With a combination of activities, it is possible that the students use
Once on the scene, the objects can be placed according to the intentions of learning
+
simultaneously and the Draw Distance.
using drag and drop (hold the left button (X) is pressed while
+
====Affordances of the activity====
used the touchpad).
+
* Students can measure the length to go to get from one point to another.
 +
* Students can measure the perimeter of the classroom.
 +
* Students can measure the distance to make a course in Education physical and sports (EPS) for example.
 +
* Students may draw together and assess the distance between two drawings.
 +
====Degree of centrality of the activity====
 +
<image 5/5>
  
NB The activity Scratch is extremely rich and complex. It thus lends itself to a large
+
According to the curriculum of the fourth grade, the distance may be
variety of educational applications. For more information on Scratch and its
+
Central to the main concepts of teaching / learning
affordances programming subject visit the Web:
+
characteristics to this grade level. The measured distances can then be
http://squeaki.recitmst.qc.ca/wakka.php?wiki=ScratchInitiation/v
+
used to calculate an area where a surface for example. The concepts
===Moon Activity===
+
distance measures have their place in mathematics, in the section of the
====Activity Summary====
+
geometry.
The task of the learner would be to observe the object that appears on the screen of the activity
 
Moon of the XO. The learner has access to a wealth of information on the Moon, by
 
real time. Note that this activity can be used to better understand several concepts
 
related to the planet Earth. The learner can do activities on the image manipulation
 
in the XO as a metaphor for earth, and to make multiple uses. It may
 
use a grid with coordinates.
 
  
Through this activity, learners can learn and build an active
+
Before the fourth year in Éveil 2nd year, and Draw Distance can be
understanding of several concepts such as "of the spherical Earth," the location
+
combined and become central when spatio-temporal structure.
from one point to the Earth's surface and the rotation of the Earth and its consequences
+
====Application pédagogique 1====
daily (including the succession of day and night). The activity has a strong Moon
+
''Level of study'': 4th year
capacity suggestive action that teachers can use in the course of Enlightenment.
 
This metaphor of the Earth is extremely relevant and original and could be
 
further substantiated in the educational applications outside of those we
 
propose here. Among other things, it allows the learner to observe phenomena that he
 
often described in abstract and theoretical and thus the testing of a
 
theoretical knowledge learned. It allows many other learning and
 
discoveries including scientific information about the behavior of the Moon. These
 
regularly updated information are clearly shown in the legend of
 
margin to the left of the metaphor.
 
====Affordances of the activity====
 
* The student has access to real-time information on the Moon (phases, visibility
 
the surface, the next lunar eclipse, the next solar eclipse)
 
* The activity can also be used as course material in different ways
 
"Earth" because it can be used to learning about the concept of "spherical
 
of the earth. "
 
* Students can also use this medium to a teaching on the learning
 
"Locating a point on the surface of the Earth using the grid coordinates
 
geography.
 
* The student can change the face of the moon and then be led to understand the concept
 
rotation of the Moon and Earth.
 
  
Social Affordances:
+
''Knowledge'': The perimeter and the half-perimeter of the rectangle
  
It could bring together learners each to his XO in case the neighborhood
+
''Savoirfaire'':
grid would be impossible as we have just seen. In this case,
+
Measure or calculate problems in situations on the perimeter and demipérimètre Rectangle
interactivity happen in the form of an exchange (driven by a possible
 
questionnaire) between learners using the XO as eBook.
 
====Degree of centrality of the activity====
 
The integration of the Moon with the curriculum is perfect, and meshes well with the content
 
description and location point on the surface of the Earth as it appears in the
 
curricula Enlightenment for the 4th year of primary education and basic Gabon (the
 
disciplinary field 2: the study of mid-location of Gabon). This
 
activity can be adapted to other educational situations involving different levels of
 
primary and the needs and capacities of teachers, each according to the realities of
 
context of work.
 
====Application pédagogique 1====
 
====''The earth, a planet round''====
 
''Level (s)'': 4th grade of primary
 
 
 
''Knowledge'': The spherical Earth
 
 
 
''Savoirfaire'':
 
Explaining his comments by the shape of the Earth.
 
  
 
''History'':
 
''History'':
  
Using the representation of the moon in the activity, the teacher invites students to
+
Reading and analysis of statements of problems involving the calculation of perimeter and
comments. The face is illuminated which is the side of the sun, the face is shaded
+
half-perimeter of rectangular figures. (Eg the internal perimeter of the classroom to
that is not exposed to direct sunlight. By turning the world on this
+
using the XO).
successively the different faces of the earth to the sun: the succession of day and the
 
night.
 
  
Based on the questionnaire, learners observe the educational support
+
Statement: Identify the lengths and widths of the class, and measure distances by means
 +
of XO.
  
Questions to guide the observation of the shape of the object:
+
The teacher can arrange the class into dyads.
 +
Two different dyads, each with an XO computer, identifies a length and a
 +
width of the classroom, and carries through the measure of the distance. Each
 +
side of the class is measured using the XO.
  
What is the shape of this item?
+
Both XO network engaged in the give a distance measure similar to a rule
 +
calibrated accurately.
  
What does this object mean to you?
+
Students could then use these measurements to calculate the perimeter of the classroom.
  
What can you conclude about the shape of the planet Earth?
+
Collaboration in dyads:
  
The teacher then asked students to make a co-production written in phrases
+
After displaying the remote computer screens, students share
simple by using the Write XO (say what is the shape of the Earth).
+
viewing results and agree to the distance restraint.
 
====Application pédagogique 2====
 
====Application pédagogique 2====
====''The movements of the Earth and Moon''====
+
''Level (s)'': 3rd grade of primary
''Level (s)'': 4th grade of primary
 
  
''Knowledge'': The movement of rotation of the Earth and its consequences.
+
''Knowledge'': Metric, straight line
  
 
''Savoirfaire'':
 
''Savoirfaire'':
Define the movement and present its main consequence.
+
Measure and compare several segments of existing right
 +
the environment in the home, in the classroom, in the schoolyard.
  
 
''History'':
 
''History'':
  
Activity of the learner
+
Statement: Identify the distance measure, determine using the XO as provided by
* Free observation of the object of the Moon XO.
+
the protocol to use. Compare distances obtained on the computer screen and
* XO-handling: pointer on the icon Change hemisphere and click
+
record the distances obtained in the Journal by naming them.
left (X)
 
  
Questions to guide the observation:
+
Application:
  
How does the earth every time we click on the button
+
For example: the door of the class A, at the door of Class B: 10.11 meters.
(movement)?
 
  
What changes the aspect of the world whenever it is rotated? (The
+
Measurements in the schoolyard can be plotted on the plan
displacement of the shadow accompanies the rotational movement of the Earth)
+
the school by pupils.
 +
 
 +
Collaboration in dyads:
  
What you see on the gray area and the clear zone whenever the Earth
+
Dyads distances are displayed on the screens of XO and agree to the
running?
+
actual distance.
  
What does each of you for clear and shaded areas? (The day and night).
+
NB: Through this activity, teachers can help students develop skills to
 +
measure distances with the XO.
 
====Pedagogical application 3====
 
====Pedagogical application 3====
====''How to locate?''====
+
''Level of study'': 2nd year of primary
''Level (s)'': Grade 5
 
  
''Knowledge'': Geographic coordinates, latitude, longitude and the cardinal points.
+
''Knowledge": spatio-temporal structure: in front, behind, before, ... next to, far, near, around.
  
 
''Savoirfaire'':
 
''Savoirfaire'':
Locate a point and give guidance to help coordinate
+
Draw and / or identify an object in relation to another, or a student.
geographical areas of latitude and longitude points (N-S-E-O).
 
  
 
''History'':
 
''History'':
  
Activity of the learner:
+
Simulation of role play where one student gives orders to another student using the
 +
terms: before, after, on ... near, far, after, for example around
 +
====User Guide of the Distance====
 +
As a first step, it will ensure that the XO is connected to the same network
 +
meshed. To do this, see pages 8 and 9 of the Guide to the initiation and XO
 +
Sugar environment V.8.2. In the Home view, begin the activity by clicking
 +
the icon representing a dolphin.
  
Using the grid in the Class Moon makes an observation tour of the
+
<image Home view>
grid questions.
 
  
What information appearing on the top and bottom of the globe and which names
+
In the box Share with: select my neighborhood. Follow one of
t give it to these points?
+
sharing procedures described on pages 16 and 17 of Getting Started in XO and
 +
Sugar environment V.8.2. The two connected XO activity can begin. Click
 +
Start far away.
  
How many types of lines you see on the globe and what each of them?
+
<image Distance screen>
  
With the help of document grid, tell what the following terms:
+
It is therefore the position of XO computers one side to another. Computers emit
 +
in turn a sound wave that can measure the distance between the two
 +
screens. This will be displayed on the screen. Ideally, the XO should be placed on the
 +
ground without any obstacles obstructing the sound emitted by the devices. Note that
 +
weather can also influence the measure. Therefore
 +
Atmosphere tab allows the student to enter the variables of temperature and humidity
 +
on so that the measures are as accurate as possible.
  
Move longitude?
+
<image Atmosphere toolbar>
  
Move in latitude?
+
===Activity Measure===
 
+
====Activity Summary====
Activity final synthesis: Design of collaborative writing based on the
+
Measuring this activity helps students explore the physical world, it allows us to see
different responses during the exchange or sharing. These students
+
different variations of a sound (frequency, amplitude, etc..) using the microphone
say what used to locate a point in space as well as for travel.
+
XO. The student can have a visual representation of a wave as well as learn
====User Guide of the Moon====
+
concepts related: the frequency, amplitude, time, etc.. This activity can be
Go on-screen list of the activities of XO to the Home view, locate the Moon
+
used during the course of primary education, and since the first year.
represented by an icon of the moon. Point the cursor on this icon gently rolling
+
====Affordances of the activity====
the finger on the touch pad corresponding to the rectangle of the environment. Launch activity
+
* The student can view a graphical representation of the wave produced by sound.
clicking with the left button (X), the tab Start to start the Moon.
+
* Students can record over a period of time that the wave generated.
<image Home view>
+
* Students may be required to differentiate the sound of a tone.
 +
* It can classify the sounds according to their kind.
 +
* Students can measure the amplitude of a sound.
 +
* Students can measure the frequency of a wave.
 +
* The student can compare the sound with his classmates.
 +
The activity measurement also presents a number of affordances such as measuring the
 +
voltage of a current or observe these currents on the screen as you would with a
 +
oscilloscope, which can be developed as required curriculum. A list of
 +
possibilities and specifications for construction of the different probes are available at
 +
Next: # http://wiki.laptop.org/go/Measure Projects_and_Activities_Index. Only
 +
this resource is available in English and requires skills in
 +
of electricity. For the use of probes and tools (thermometer,
 +
pH indicator, indicator of the turbidity of a liquid indicator of the conductivity of a
 +
liquid, etc..) software were designed specifically for the XO. For more
 +
information, visit the Vernier to the following address:
 +
http://www.vernier.com/netbooks/olpc.html
 +
====Degree of centrality of the activity====
 +
<image 3/5>
 +
 
 +
This activity in terms of curricula for the 4th year of primary education can be regarded as
 +
device. At the central level, it could be placed at level 3. Because if it does
 +
is really not the primary curriculum, it enables students to explore
 +
domains other than those prescribed and develop curiosity and promote its
 +
spirit of discovery.
 +
====Application pédagogique 1====
 +
====''Exploration and comparison of sounds''====
 +
''Level (s)'': 4th to 5th grade of primary
  
A representation of the Moon will appear as well as several real-time information.
+
''Knowledge'': The CW
<image Moon>
 
  
By clicking on the View tab, two icons appear, one sign of a grid and
+
''Savoirfaire'': Explore the sounds in their physical dimension.
the other that of a globe with an arrow. To change the order, ie of affordance, it
+
 
Simply click on one of the icons.
+
''History'':
<image View tab>
 
  
The grid view shows the parallels and meridians (benchmarks map)
+
Through the feature that allows you to record sound, the teacher and students
necessary to locate a point on the surface of the Earth.
+
could save a number of sounds to form a kind of
<image Moon with grid>
+
sound database.
  
To rotate the globe (rotation), simply click on the icon of the Moon Change
+
Once the database set up (the sounds come from both
Hemisphere view, above view, as many times as you want to rotate the globe.
+
the everyday environment, as everywhere else) students proceed to
<image Moon southern hemisphere view>
+
comparisons to determine which sounds are the highest, lowest, most
 +
acute, the most serious differentiate waves and sound, see the frequency and
 +
amplitude, etc..
 +
====User Guide for the Measurement====
 +
To start this activity, click the Measure icon is in the perspective
 +
Home XO (it is represented by a screen where we see a curve).
  
To leave one of the two views (the grid or rotating globe), click on the icon and
+
<image Home view>
successive elements appear then disappear.
 
===Activity Implode===
 
====Activity Summary====
 
'''Implode''' activity is a game of logic supports the community of learners in
 
which brings the child to destroy a structure of blocks by grouping them by color
 
and making them explode or disappear from the screen.
 
  
With this activity the teacher will nurture the spirit of logic of students in situations
+
Once in the business, we have a number of features, so we can
problems. Students will not use color pencils but recognize
+
amplitude control (visual) by extending or shortening.
colors easily.
 
Affordances of the activity
 
* The student can move the blocks to match the colors according to the
 
destroy
 
* The student can control the level of play, the recovery after a failure or a first
 
new configuration.
 
* The Game tab provides more information on the game and its level: New, Undo,
 
Redo, Easy, Medium and Difficult.
 
* The activity can be done individually, in dyads or triads and share with
 
the neighborhood. Students can share the activity. They will train for
 
become resource persons (those who are doing very well in the game), for
 
help others in difficulty depending on the level of play Students
 
and develop the spirit of the community instead of the competitive spirit in vogue
 
in attitude of Gabonese student.
 
====Degree of centrality of the activity====
 
Implode activity can be placed at level 5, because it is an easy to integrate
 
in the mathematics curriculum the first year to train and represent
 
sets according to various criteria: nature, shapes and colors and build collections
 
Objects from 1 to 3 elements.
 
====Application pédagogique 1====
 
Blend colors and introduction to the operations of addition and subtraction in
 
first year with the easy level.
 
''Level (s)'': 1st year of primary
 
  
''Knowledge'': The overall concept, the addition and subtraction
+
<image >
  
''Savoirfaire'':
+
The microphone can record sounds is de facto running as soon as we began
Train sets by color
+
on the Measure. There is an icon that lets you start recording
 +
sound (at the top of the screen on the far right) and another that allows you to control when
 +
recording (it can be done immediately or can be programmed in a
 +
time interval determined). Sound option allows you to see sounds, but
 +
also be recorded, while the option Sensors can measure the voltage of a
 +
current, but also see it on the screen. Like all activities,
 +
to share his business, click on the Activity tab, and then click Share with: My
 +
neighborhood, and follow the procedure for sharing on pages 15 to 17 of Getting Started in XO and
 +
the environment Sugar V.8.2.
  
''History'':
+
===Activity Scratch===
 
+
====Activity Summary====
The teacher may ask students to identify different colors on the screen by
+
Scratch The activity allows students to make the programming object, ie of
example green, yellow, red, blue and orange. Then it will ask students to
+
make programs and games with ease. Also, in this
click on a set from three small squares of the same color. Students
+
rich graphical environment, students can locate in space, identifying and
seen the disappearance of the tiles after clicking on the whole. The teacher
+
placing objects in relation to a landmark. It can also compare packages through
Ask students what happened. Students will notice that the group
+
their cardinal (number of elements). These activities are for students of all
tile was removed from the screen. Thus, the teacher may illustrate the operations
+
levels depending on the complexity of the task at hand.
of addition and subtraction through this activity. For example, 1 and 2 is red
 
join is add or add. A set of red disappears from
 
the screen is removed, delete or remove.
 
====Application pédagogique 2====
 
''Level (s)'': From 2nd to 5th grade of primary
 
  
''Knowledge'': The overall concept, the addition and subtraction
+
With a combination of activities, it is possible that the students use
 +
simultaneously the Draw Distance and Scratch.
 +
====Affordances of the activity====
 +
* The student can make the programming object.
 +
* Students can create simple programs and designing video games.
 +
* Students can program the movement of characters within a graphical environment.
 +
* Students can design avatars (characters or objects)
 +
* The student can position the objects within an environment.
 +
* The student may also place or draw, placing an object near or far from and appreciate the distance between two drawings.
 +
* The student can identify objects placed on or under a given benchmark.
 +
* Students may place an object on or under a given benchmark.
 +
* Students may place an object above or below a given benchmark.
 +
* The student can identify the internal and / or outside of an object or a space.
 +
* Students may place an object within and / or outside of another.
 +
* Students can compare sets by matching term by term (without count) to highlight the concepts provided that, unless more than.
 +
* Students can compare their answers with those of its peers.
 +
* The student may be assisted by his peers or by the teacher.
 +
====Degree of centrality of the activity====
 +
<image 5/5>
 +
 
 +
Scratch The activity helps students to achieve the know-how relating to
 +
affordances above, has a very high degree of centrality. By
 +
Therefore, its use can be recommended in the implementation of curricula
 +
primary. Indeed, in the 3rd year Awakening, Draw Distance and Scracth may be
 +
combined and become central when spatio-temporal structure.
 +
 
 +
The interest for the teacher to work on the XO is justified by several
 +
reasons. Scratch scenes are closer to the reality that the designs of the book because
 +
the mobility of objects in them. In the manual first year of primary education, on
 +
asks the children to draw objects over, under, above, below, beside, etc..
 +
This can be problematic for those who can not draw. Scratch on avoiding this
 +
difficulty because they have to move objects that already exist, in case of error, the student has
 +
nothing to erase, it is sufficient to correct by moving the object.
 +
====Application pédagogique 1====
 +
====''Lie within the space''====
 +
''Level (s)'': 1st year of primary
 +
 
 +
''Knowledge'': The terms: over, under, above, below.
  
 
''Savoirfaire'':
 
''Savoirfaire'':
Cultivating a taste for effort among students with medium and difficult levels.
+
Locate in space by ID or by placing an object on or under, above
 +
or below a given benchmark. Solve problems involving significant
 +
involves the spatial structure.
  
 
''History'':
 
''History'':
  
Indeed, at each level of play, the student can be led to it. The fun
+
The teacher provides students with a scene in which there is a trampoline, a cat and a
of the activity will encourage it to start again until he wins. If the teacher
+
balloon. The ball is placed on the trampoline and there is a cat under the trampoline. In addition to
asks students to consider the activity as a problem to solve, depending on the level
+
find a girl whose arms are raised and legs apart completely
of the learner and the game, they can say, for example, to subtract only the color
+
the horizontal below it is a balloon.
orange. The student who succeeds in doing so solved the problem. Otherwise, it
+
 
repeat the activity to obtain the desired result. The teacher can
+
Students are required to identify the position of the ball and the cat in relation to
transpose the effort during the game to solve problems in mathematics
+
trampoline. They are also asked to identify the position of the ball compared to the young
for example.
+
daughter. The teacher expects the students to be able to answer that:
 +
*The ball is on the trampoline;
 +
*The ball is above the trampoline;
 +
*The cat is under the trampoline;
 +
*The ball is below the girl;
 +
The teacher provides a second stage in which there is the young girl and a ball.
 +
The student must place the ball over, under, above, below the girl.
 +
====Application pédagogique 2====
 +
====''Inside or outside''====
 +
''Level (s)'': 1st year of primary
  
NB: This application is not included in the curriculum. However, it has
+
''Knowledge'': The terms: inside, outside.
educational benefits that teachers and students could take into account
 
all fields (and french enlightenment) to resolve the problems.
 
====User Guide for the Implode====
 
To access the Implode activity in the XO, after opening, with a view Welcome,
 
place the cursor on the icon represented by small green squares.
 
<image Home view>
 
  
Three options appear: Run, Remove the favorite, and Delete. Click Start
+
''Savoirfaire'':
by pressing the left button (represented by X) of the touch pad to enter
+
Locate an object inside or outside a package. Resolve
activity. To go faster, click on the icon to enter the business.
+
significant problems involving spatial structure.
<image Game>
 
  
Click on the tab for the main Game commands The star of the game is to start
+
''History'':
a new game, the two triangles pointing left can
+
 
again at the very beginning, the arrow pointing left to return
+
The teacher provides a scene where a fruit basket and some of which are
a stroke back, while the arrow pointing to the right restored the coup canceled. The
+
located in the shopping basket and others outside of the basket. The student must identify those
three gates shown in this menu allow you to change the level of play from left to
+
within and those who are outside.
right, the levels are easier to more difficult.
+
 
<image Game toolbar>
+
It asks students to move two objects from the interior to the exterior of the basket.
 +
====Pedagogical application 3====
 +
====''Sets''====
 +
''Level (s)'': 1st year of primary
  
To play, click groups of three or more blocks of the same color. In
+
''Knowledge'': The terms provided that, unless and more than.
positioning your cursor on them, they will highlight.
 
===Activity Mini-Tam Tam===
 
====Activity Summary====
 
The student can make or play music in a fun way. It is a simple starting point
 
for the child to learn through exploration of the key songs, some sounds
 
musical instruments, the cries of certain animals and the noise that some objects
 
when they fall or bump against another object. The learner can become familiar
 
with the role of percussion, the beats per measure, the complexity of the beat, the
 
tempo and volume.
 
  
This activity allows the child to differentiate or to standardize the sounds in order to
+
''Savoirfaire'':
build a musical sequence.
+
Compare sets of objects. Solve problems involving significant
====Affordances of the activity====
+
involve the comparison of ensembles.
* The student can identify the sounds
 
* The student can distinguish the sounds of musical instruments,
 
Animals, humans and objects (doors, trash ...)
 
* The student can control the tempo
 
* It may increase or decrease the speed of the tempo
 
* Students can measure the beat sounds and the possibility of the complex.
 
* It can combine sounds to get the rhythms he wants
 
* Students can recognize and imitate the sounds of the living environment
 
* The student may, with this activity, communicate or announce to the sound of a tam-tam
 
new.
 
====Degree of centrality of the activity====
 
Indeed, '''TamTam
 
Mini''' is not fully integrated into the primary school curriculum, but
 
it remains a formal instrument used by all learners. Therefore, it is not
 
only as an instrument of music, but also as a means of
 
communication. It becomes an educational activity to enable the student
 
to establish itself sounds and share them with other students in her community or
 
by the way.
 
====Application pédagogique 1====
 
====''TamTam
 
Mini or the art of playing music''====
 
''Level (s)'': From the 1st to the 5th grade of primary
 
 
 
''Knowledge'': The instruments of music, the beat, tempo and percussion
 
 
 
''Savoirfaire''':
 
Combine different musical instruments
 
  
 
''History'':
 
''History'':
  
The teacher invites students to explore sounds and instruments available in the grid
+
The teacher provides a scene where there are four circles representing four forest
right of the activity. They can combine the sounds of some instruments to a rhythm
+
within which there are animals.
chant. Students are then asked to explore the concepts surrounding the percussion and
 
pace. The controls to the left of the screen can be used for teacher
 
demonstrate the concept of beat per measure of complexity of the beats and tempo.
 
====Application pédagogique 2====
 
====''TamTam
 
Mini and wakefulness''====
 
''Level (s)'': From the 1st to 3rd grade of primary
 
  
''Knowledge'': The Man, animals, objects, sounds
+
Students should compare the forest and say what is that all animals that
 +
another one with the fewer animals than the others, that more animals than the
 +
others.
  
''Savoirfaire'':
+
The master is expected that students compare sets by correspondence
Distinguish the different sounds, objects and animals
+
animal by animal.
 +
 
 +
To carry out its educational applications, the teacher may:
 +
*Construct the scene on the XO;
 +
*The students sent to the grid;
 +
*Enable students to describe and comment on the scene;
 +
Orally-ask the first question (identification of objects relative to a benchmark);
 +
*Allow students time to answer them individually;
 +
*Allow students time to share, to seek help;
 +
*How the whole class;
 +
*Repeat the same procedure for other questions.
 +
====User Guide of the Scratch====
 +
Click on the Scratch From Home view XO.
 +
 
 +
<image Home view>
  
''History'':
+
Click on Choose a new pixie from a file, 4 costume categories
 +
(illustrations) appear (animals, fantasy, people, things).
  
As part of an activity of exploration and enlightenment, the teacher may ask students
+
<image Scratch home>
to discover the sounds produced by animals and instruments. Thus, students
 
distinguish the cries of animals, the sounds of musical instruments.
 
  
The teacher can go through questions:
+
Double-click on Things, objects appear;
  
What cry shall deliver the cow or sheep?
+
<image folder selection popup>
  
What sounds can we give the strings of a guitar?
+
Move the cursor over the selected object (such as the trampoline), click on it, and then validate
====User Guide of the Tam-Tam Mini====
+
OK. The trampoline will appear on the scene.
This activity TamTam
 
Mini is the prospect Home. To access, click on
 
on the icon TamTam
 
Mini (represented by an icon with two drum sticks) with
 
the left button (X) of the touchpad.
 
<image Home view>
 
  
After clicking on this icon, the most musical instruments appear
+
<image Things>
in and out of a grid with pictures (of humans, animals and other
 
objects used in the living environment).
 
<image gallery of sound instruments>
 
  
The choice of instruments is possible. To access, click on the
+
Repeat for other objects.
left button (X) to activate the sound or instrument that we want to play. For
+
Once on the scene, the objects can be placed according to the intentions of learning
play different sounds (the letters J and H, for example), you have to press the keys
+
using drag and drop (hold the left button (X) is pressed while
keyboard. It is possible to start a rate increase or decrease the speed of the tempo,
+
used the touchpad).
why you should click on the Play button (represented by a green triangle) and move
 
up or down four controls (beats per minute, complexity
 
beat, Tempo and Volume). This activity leaves the possibility for the teacher to use
 
the sounds or create new sounds. Thus, the sharing or exchange of our
 
creations with our friends as possible is our ability to play the
 
music between friends.
 
===Activity Tam Tam Jam===
 
====Activity Summary====
 
This activity enables students to assemble the pieces of music and sounds. It can
 
several sequences with different rhythms and sounds, like a concert.
 
  
With this activity the instruments will not be mandatory, because the XO has a
+
NB The activity Scratch is extremely rich and complex. It thus lends itself to a large
bank of instruments and sounds. The teacher could diversify the teachings on
+
variety of educational applications. For more information on Scratch and its
musical instruments.
+
affordances programming subject visit the Web:
====Affordances of the activity====
+
http://squeaki.recitmst.qc.ca/wakka.php?wiki=ScratchInitiation/v
* It can use several instruments and rhythms at once.
 
* The student can control the tempo.
 
* The student can control the volume and order of passage.
 
* It can also compose and record his own music.
 
====Degree of centrality of the activity====
 
This course meets the curriculum of basic education, such as the
 
4th grade curriculum in Éveil (arts education and sports) to create and implement
 
decorative arts with a desire to produce a rhythm by using a tool
 
music and the 5th years namely to make complex projects in activities
 
art (drawing, singing, handwork, music). It is therefore easy to integrate with
 
curricula.
 
====Application pédagogique 1====
 
====''Recognition of different musical instruments and their categories''====
 
''Level (s)'': 4th grade of primary
 
  
''Knowledge'': Instruments, percussion, wind instruments, stringed instruments.
+
===Moon Activity===
 +
====Activity Summary====
 +
The task of the learner would be to observe the object that appears on the screen of the activity
 +
Moon of the XO. The learner has access to a wealth of information on the Moon, by
 +
real time. Note that this activity can be used to better understand several concepts
 +
related to the planet Earth. The learner can do activities on the image manipulation
 +
in the XO as a metaphor for earth, and to make multiple uses. It may
 +
use a grid with coordinates.
  
''Savoirfaire'':
+
Through this activity, learners can learn and build an active
Create and implement a concern with objects of art, to produce a rate
+
understanding of several concepts such as "of the spherical Earth," the location
using a musical instrument Regouper instruments by category within
+
from one point to the Earth's surface and the rotation of the Earth and its consequences
an orchestra.
+
daily (including the succession of day and night). The activity has a strong Moon
 +
capacity suggestive action that teachers can use in the course of Enlightenment.
 +
This metaphor of the Earth is extremely relevant and original and could be
 +
further substantiated in the educational applications outside of those we
 +
propose here. Among other things, it allows the learner to observe phenomena that he
 +
often described in abstract and theoretical and thus the testing of a
 +
theoretical knowledge learned. It allows many other learning and
 +
discoveries including scientific information about the behavior of the Moon. These
 +
regularly updated information are clearly shown in the legend of
 +
margin to the left of the metaphor.
 +
====Affordances of the activity====
 +
* The student has access to real-time information on the Moon (phases, visibility the surface, the next lunar eclipse, the next solar eclipse)
 +
* The activity can also be used as course material in different ways "Earth" because it can be used to learning about the concept of "spherical of the earth. "
 +
* Students can also use this medium to a teaching on the learning "Locating a point on the surface of the Earth using the grid coordinates geography.
 +
* The student can change the face of the moon and then be led to understand the concept rotation of the Moon and Earth.
 +
 
 +
Social Affordances:
  
''History'':
+
It could bring together learners each to his XO in case the neighborhood
 +
grid would be impossible as we have just seen. In this case,
 +
interactivity happen in the form of an exchange (driven by a possible
 +
questionnaire) between learners using the XO as eBook.
 +
====Degree of centrality of the activity====
 +
<image 5/5>
  
Students may create groups of harmonious sounds from the range that
+
The integration of the Moon with the curriculum is perfect, and meshes well with the content
is presented. The teacher may ask students to choose a musical instrument,
+
description and location point on the surface of the Earth as it appears in the
a sound, cry or prerecorded voice in the directory tab that appears at the bottom
+
curricula Enlightenment for the 4th year of primary education and basic Gabon (the
of the screen. Then the teacher asked to choose a rhythm in the tab Loops of
+
disciplinary field 2: the study of mid-location of Gabon). This
associate it with sounds and instruments selected above and click to hear
+
activity can be adapted to other educational situations involving different levels of
composition made. Through this variety the student has the opportunity to perform, create
+
primary and the needs and capacities of teachers, each according to the realities of
to record and listen to his music by clicking on the numbers and signs
+
context of work.
chosen to identify the instruments and sounds selected. At this point, students will be
+
====Application pédagogique 1====
aware of his spirit of creativity in curricula sought in Enlightenment.
+
====''The earth, a planet round''====
====Application pédagogique 2====
+
''Level (s)'': 4th grade of primary
====''Mobilization capacity in the creation''====
 
''Level (s)'': Grade 5
 
  
''Knowledge'': The singing, composition
+
''Knowledge'': The spherical Earth
  
''Savoirfaire'':
+
''Savoirfaire'': Explaining his comments by the shape of the Earth.
Carry out complex projects in artistic activities. Ability to
 
coordinate and harmonize the instruments, sounds and singing.
 
  
 
''History'':
 
''History'':
  
According to the teacher, students can combine sounds to offices
+
Using the representation of the moon in the activity, the teacher invites students to
different and achieve the creation of a virtual orchestra. The teacher will ask the
+
comments. The face is illuminated which is the side of the sun, the face is shaded
students to form a choir and with the XO, to compose music that can
+
that is not exposed to direct sunlight. By turning the world on this
accompany. Students who succeed in producing a smooth and rhythmic music
+
successively the different faces of the earth to the sun: the succession of day and the
demonstrate their capacity for coordination and harmonization or engineering
+
night.
into sound. Instead of the traditional method of vocalization, the possibility is
+
 
offered to students to use instruments and sounds like a DJ on a track.
+
Based on the questionnaire, learners observe the educational support
====User guide of the Tam-Tam Jam====
+
 
To access the TamTam
+
Questions to guide the observation of the shape of the object:
Jam in the XO, after opening, with a view
+
 
Home, place the cursor on the icon represented by a drum associated with a
+
What is the shape of this item?
trumpet and a guitar. Three options appear: Run, Remove the favorite, and
+
 
Remove. Click on start pressing the left mouse button (represented by X)
+
What does this object mean to you?
touch pad to enter the business. Or to go faster, click directly
+
 
on the icon to return to the activity.
+
What can you conclude about the shape of the planet Earth?
<image Home view>
+
 
This activity has several tabs. The tab includes options Jam Control
+
The teacher then asked students to make a co-production written in phrases
Volume and Tempo. The 3rd tab Playback will stop the loop, to mute
+
simple by using the Write XO (say what is the shape of the Earth).
and a display (metronome) and a control beat. The Desktop tab is
+
====Application pédagogique 2====
as a memory card that holds all the compositions made in different
+
====''The movements of the Earth and Moon''====
environments of the composition. The Save tab allows you to record
+
''Level (s)'': 4th grade of primary
new sounds using the microphone.
+
 
<image toolbar>
+
''Knowledge'': The movement of rotation of the Earth and its consequences.
At the bottom of the screen there are drum kits (set of batteries and tam-tam), Loops (bank
+
 
musical sequences), All (all types of sounds), Concrete (sound among objects
+
''Savoirfaire'':
excerpts from the environment), Animals (animal cries), Keyboard (keyboards), My
+
Define the movement and present its main consequence.
sounds (my sons), People (the prerecorded voice of a child), Strings (instruments
+
 
strings), Winds (wind instruments) and percussion.
+
''History'':
<image Drum kits>
 
To form the orchestra, the student need only drag and drop to assemble instruments,
 
sounds and musical sequences (loops). Click the right button (M) under
 
the touchpad to access new options (control of reverberation, edition of
 
the sequence of the beat to control the instrument, designated keyboard button to
 
activate the instrument, etc.)..
 
<image Loops><image Loops panel>
 
The activity can be shared with neighbors and to dyads or triads. Students
 
to discuss their different compositions, make suggestions,
 
innovations from the draft class (for example, be a melody for
 
Christmas or New Year). The ability to interact is developed and even Central
 
in this activity. It develops the spirit of cooperation and creativity.
 
===Activity Tam-Tam Edit===  
 
====Activity Summary====  
 
The student can compose or play music alone or with other learners
 
using sound effects, instruments or sounds. The XO is of  
 
promote the skills, ie to develop the ability to select a
 
instrument sounds to choose and make melodies.  
 
  
The educational benefits from the operation of the activity Tamtam
+
Activity of the learner
Edit for teachers
+
* Free observation of the object of the Moon XO.
are that it has all the possible instruments: piano, clarinet, banjo,
+
* XO-handling: pointer on the icon Change hemisphere and click left (X)
xylophone, etc.. more different sounds and different possibilities of adjustment,
 
coordination, symbiosis and thus creating unlimited it can share with the whole
 
group class.
 
====Affordances of the activity====
 
* The learner is able to compose a melody using a variety instruments such as guitar, piano, flute, xylophone, clarinet ...
 
* The learner is able to improve his compositions, incorporating other sounds of children, cries of animals (chickens, horses, frogs ...).
 
* You can compose music and record instantly.
 
* Can select for its creation or mimic the sounds generated by the XO.
 
* It can save not only his keyboard, but also bring its music to ogg ie ready for export.
 
* It can select the tools to mark the difference in notes music and frequency sounds (using the paint tool).
 
* The computer offers green design tools for the preparation of notes music.
 
* The learner can modify the volume of the tempo at will.
 
* The XO offers modern music that the student can recognize or discover while having tones. It also includes animals and their cries respectifs.
 
* Students can share all its activities both with the teacher with his neighborhood is composed of peers connected to the grid.
 
* You may submit work to the teacher.
 
* It may also involve his peers in his compositions, the latter can make their changes, their additions, etc..
 
  
====Degree of centrality of the activity====
+
Questions to guide the observation:
In referring to the curriculum of 4th and 5th years and the 1st year's event
 
TamTam
 
Edit fits under Enlightenment.
 
In 4th and 5th years eg
 
* First-level 4 at the 22nd week, students will perform a song.
 
* Then at level 5, the 29th week the knowledge of learners are built around
 
instruments.
 
* Two types of instruments are used: the percussion instruments (tamtam, drum)
 
and wind instruments (flute, trumpet, harmonica ...).
 
* At the end of learning, students will be able to use a percussion instrument
 
or wind.
 
  
As a justification to integrate the curriculum, we can
+
How does the earth every time we click on the button
explain that the activity TamTam
+
(movement)?
Edit the learner can compose music that
 
accompany a song. The learner can also create his own music with
 
instruments required by the curriculum, but it can enrich many other
 
opportunities available to him including the XO to add sounds like the cries
 
animals (bird, dog, etc..) or human voices. It may also share
 
composition of music with others.
 
====Application pédagogique 1 ====
 
====''Compose a melody''====
 
Level (s): 4th grade of primary
 
 
Knowledge: The traditional songs and / or modern
 
  
Savoirfaire:  
+
What changes the aspect of the world whenever it is rotated? (The
Run a traditional song and / or modern.  
+
displacement of the shadow accompanies the rotational movement of the Earth)
 +
 
 +
What you see on the gray area and the clear zone whenever the Earth
 +
running?
 +
 
 +
What does each of you for clear and shaded areas? (The day and night).
 +
====Pedagogical application 3====
 +
====''How to locate?''====
 +
''Level (s)'': Grade 5
 +
 
 +
''Knowledge'': Geographic coordinates, latitude, longitude and the cardinal points.
  
History:  
+
''Savoirfaire'':
 +
Locate a point and give guidance to help coordinate
 +
geographical areas of latitude and longitude points (N-S-E-O).
  
Students will create their own melody to the presentation of a ballet. As
+
''History'':
illustration, the First Symphony dyad Brigitte / Solange.
 
The student selects the section Dial, then it makes the choice of instruments
 
music (frog, dog, rooster, balafon), then the sheet of paper, he shall record the
 
sequences of musical notes to get the music you want.
 
Similarly, students in Grade 1 may be required to perform the anthem Group
 
National (the Concorde).
 
====Application pédagogique 2====
 
====''Composition of a musical repertoire''====
 
Level (s): 4th grade of primary
 
  
Knowledge: Awareness of the value of traditional local songs and / or modern.
+
Activity of the learner:
  
Savoirfaire:
+
Using the grid in the Class Moon makes an observation tour of the grid questions.
Enhance the original music (example: Elon, Ikokou, etc).
 
Perform traditional songs and modern within a moderate band at the
 
cultural day of school at the end of the year.
 
 
History:
 
  
Placed in groups of five, students will select musical instruments of XO,  
+
What information appearing on the top and bottom of the globe and which names does one give to these points?
recognize those who are part of traditional culture (it should be noted that Gabon
+
 
includes fifty ethnic groups), call or mimic melodies so that all
+
How many types of lines you see on the globe and what each of them?
together constitute a musical repertoire for the festival season.  
+
 
====User Guide of the Tam-Tam Edit====  
+
With the help of document grid, tell what the following terms:
On the home page, place the cursor on the icon TamTam
+
 
Edit, a window opens,
+
Move longitude?
click on the Run option, a page is opened.
+
 
It presents the extreme left, a panoply of instruments (guitar, piano, tam-tam, etc.)..
+
Move in latitude?
To change the instrument, click on their image. Click on the symbol of addition (+)
+
 
to add a new instrument to the list.
+
Activity final synthesis: Design of collaborative writing based on the
The bar tab of activity we offer three choices: Student Activities, Composer and Generate
+
different responses during the exchange or sharing. These students
The Components tab displays a bar with three compartments.
+
say what used to locate a point in space as well as for travel.
Left: a button Play / Pause, Stop another then a third keyboard Save
+
====User Guide of the Moon====
and a final ogg to record sound to ogg format
+
Go on-screen list of the activities of XO to the Home view, locate the Moon
subsequently converted to MP3 or CD.
+
represented by an icon of the moon. Point the cursor on this icon gently rolling
In the center there is a selection tool to move the clips, a pencil and a brush,
+
the finger on the touch pad corresponding to the rectangle of the environment. Launch activity
which allows us to edit the clips of the instruments.
+
clicking with the left button (X), the tab Start to start the Moon.
At right, a Copy button that makes a copy of the sequence. Finally a button
+
 
Volume / Tempo that leave our slider to access the controls.
+
<image Home view>
To compose a melody, click on the Compose tab, then select the
+
 
instruments required.
+
A representation of the Moon will appear as well as several real-time information.
Then click on the pencil to draw lines in front of the chosen instrument and
+
 
points at the bottom of the page (which will be the sequence to play the instrument).  
+
<image Moon>
At the bottom of the screen lists the different sequences that make up your song.
+
 
The composition can be heard by clicking the Play button. To mark a stop
+
By clicking on the View tab, two icons appear, one sign of a grid and
to make an improvement, click the Pause button and insert arrangements
+
the other that of a globe with an arrow. To change the order, ie of affordance, it
desired.  
+
Simply click on one of the icons.
We can improve the composition by adding the sounds of animals, the cries of birds or
+
 
of children.
+
<image View tab>
For the computer generates a sound or a sequence according to your settings, first click
+
 
on the Generation tab.
+
The grid view shows the parallels and meridians (benchmarks map)
The top bar to change option buttons Play / Pause and Stop are still,  
+
necessary to locate a point on the surface of the Earth.
then added three more: generating a sound, then Property Generation. Leaving the
+
 
cursor on the icon property, the latter lets you select the level of individual
+
<image Moon with grid>
elements (a division of the grid, page color, transposition, pan, volume, etc.).
+
 
Then, click, a window opens, it sets the pace,  
+
To rotate the globe (rotation), simply click on the icon of the Moon Change
height, duration, scale and pattern of the melody generated.
+
Hemisphere view, above view, as many times as you want to rotate the globe.
Finally, it is possible to save your publication in the Journal of the XO
+
 
retain for future use (use the Store procedure described on page
+
<image Moon southern hemisphere view>
15 of Getting Started in XO and the Sugar environment V.8.2), or the record format
+
 
ogg to export.
+
To leave one of the two views (the grid or rotating globe), click on the icon and
Conclusion
+
successive elements appear then disappear.
Ultimately, this chapter has attempted a description of the capabilities of XO in primary school
+
 
Gabon. Far from being exhaustive, we accept that many activities can be exploited
+
===Activity Implode===
with the XO in school from primary school so unique. Similarly, it is
+
====Activity Summary====
possible to combine activities in the context of educational applications.  
+
'''Implode''' activity is a game of logic supports the community of learners in
Adapting to Gabon password, among other things, integration of XO in
+
which brings the child to destroy a structure of blocks by grouping them by color
conformity with the curricula. To go further, we can still consider a
+
and making them explode or disappear from the screen.
Operating XO: pedagogy of the project.
 
==Chapter 3 ==
 
===Introduction===
 
This chapter suggests, by way of example, four projects that could be achieved by
 
combining certain activities (or affordances) of the XO. These are projects on
 
deforestation, disease, cultural heritage and national languages. As you  
 
see, these projects cover various fields of study. Each project is presented
 
according to a style, because it seemed more important to reflect a certain
 
variety of possible actions to unify the presentation of projects. However, each
 
proposed project follows the methodology suggested by Gregory and Laferrière
 
(1998):
 
===Project 1: The Herbarium at school ===
 
School project: "The herbarium at school. "
 
====PROJECT DESCRIPTION ====
 
This project was designed to be completed in the fourth and / or fifth grade
 
primary education system in Gabon.
 
====FIRST PHASE: PREPARATION OF A DRAFT ====
 
Discussion of the feasibility of this project with two teachers, and Valentine Béranger, of
 
Elementary School Application of the École Normale Supérieure. Both teachers
 
found it very exciting and very timely especially as Valentine had already piloted a
 
agriculture project with a third class of primary school. The "to the herbarium
 
school "seemed feasible.
 
====1 / CHOOSE THE THEME: ====
 
The choice of the theme is left to the discretion of the teacher or the teacher, through
 
a discussion with the target class, the great movement of logging in the city of
 
Libreville.
 
=====Learning Objectives: =====
 
* Identify, photograph, name and recognition of certain plants in the environment
 
closest to the student, here it is the courtyard of the school.
 
* Identify some uses of plants.
 
* Define the term "deforestation".
 
* Identify some of the consequences of deforestation.
 
* Raise awareness of the importance of plants in the environment of the student.
 
* Planting trees in the school.
 
* Develop a herbarium of 10 pages.
 
Skills and attitudes developed by students through the project:
 
* Recognize, name awareness, planting trees, using the XO.
 
====2 / TRACKING RESOURCE REQUIREMENTS:====
 
Students will have access to resources in the library of the XO. They consult
 
appropriate documents on the Internet, as well as software using the XO.  
 
  
Obtaining the teacher of a student to leave school
+
With this activity the teacher will nurture the spirit of logic of students in situations
able to go to the National Herbarium in Libreville, and the herbarium of the University of  
+
problems. Students will not use color pencils but recognize
Libreville.  
+
colors easily.
====3 / ORGANIZATION OF WORK:====  
+
Affordances of the activity
The student must take ownership of the project, and the teacher play a role
+
* The student can move the blocks to match the colors according to the destroy
facilitator or resource person in the organization and execution of the project.  
+
* The student can control the level of play, the recovery after a failure or a first new configuration.
 +
* The Game tab provides more information on the game and its level: New, Undo, Redo, Easy, Medium and Difficult.
 +
* The activity can be done individually, in dyads or triads and share with the neighborhood. Students can share the activity. They will train for become resource persons (those who are doing very well in the game), for help others in difficulty depending on the level of play Students and develop the spirit of the community instead of the competitive spirit in vogue in attitude of Gabonese student.
 +
====Degree of centrality of the activity====
 +
<image 5/5>
 +
 
 +
Implode activity can be placed at level 5, because it is an easy to integrate
 +
in the mathematics curriculum the first year to train and represent
 +
sets according to various criteria: nature, shapes and colors and build collections
 +
Objects from 1 to 3 elements.
 +
====Application pédagogique 1====
 +
Blend colors and introduction to the operations of addition and subtraction in
 +
first year with the easy level.
 +
''Level (s)'': 1st year of primary
  
The teacher organizes the class into triads. Each triad is working on a plant. She
+
''Knowledge'': The overall concept, the addition and subtraction
photography plant using the XO, names using the information collected in the
 
Bookstore XO, or exit at the National Herbarium and identifies some of the utilities
 
plant. It makes this plant for a page and a page traditional electronic
 
Herbarium.
 
  
Triads interchangent regularly each triad results and this in turn
+
''Savoirfaire'':
role its results to the class.
+
Train sets by color
====SECOND PHASE: IMPLEMENTATION OF THE PROJECT ====
 
The project may take the entire school year, one hour per week
 
during the course of awakening. (It may take less time, about 6 months, if the teacher or
 
the teacher decides to put the project to the time allotted to manual labor, 30
 
minutes per day in the Gabonese education system).
 
  
The teacher ensures that students respect the time and the interactions
+
''History'':
students help build a community of learners.
 
  
The teacher encourages frequent communication between learners,
+
The teacher may ask students to identify different colors on the screen by
encourages, stimulates, corrects shooting, helping students to make regular updates on  
+
example green, yellow, red, blue and orange. Then it will ask students to
the development of their work.  
+
click on a set from three small squares of the same color. Students
====4 / PROGRESSIVE DEVELOPMENT OF THOUGHT AND DOCUMENTS: ====
+
seen the disappearance of the tiles after clicking on the whole. The teacher
Progressive development within each triad, a thought of a living environment
+
Ask students what happened. Students will notice that the group
for humans, the presence of plants, and its responsibility for its balance.
+
tile was removed from the screen. Thus, the teacher may illustrate the operations
 +
of addition and subtraction through this activity. For example, 1 and 2 is red
 +
join is add or add. A set of red disappears from
 +
the screen is removed, delete or remove.
 +
====Application pédagogique 2====
 +
''Level (s)'': From 2nd to 5th grade of primary
  
Progressive development, by any group class of a herbarium of plants from electronic
+
''Knowledge'': The overall concept, the addition and subtraction
School classified through the bookstore or log XO.
 
  
Progressive development, by any group class, a traditional plant, consisting of 10
+
''Savoirfaire'': Cultivating a taste for effort among students with medium and difficult levels.
pages. Each page representing a plant by its leaves and / or dried flower, with its
 
common name and scientific name, and some utilities to be its specificity.  
 
  
Progressive development of a botanical garden, students will plant trees or
+
''History'':
few plants in the schoolyard.
 
====5 / COORDINATION AND SUMMARY OF CONTRIBUTIONS: ====
 
Presentation to the whole class of tasks of each triad, questions and
 
comments to enrich and enhance the collective production of the class.
 
  
The teacher spoke in front of the class to say what is positive
+
Indeed, at each level of play, the student can be led to it. The fun
compared to the project and improve deficiencies while encouraging and challenging.
+
of the activity will encourage it to start again until he wins. If the teacher
====THIRD PHASE: THE EXPLOITATION OF EDUCATIONAL PROJECT====
+
asks students to consider the activity as a problem to solve, depending on the level
====6 / BACK ON THE PROJECT:====
+
of the learner and the game, they can say, for example, to subtract only the color
Once completed, the project should be allowed to teach the class group that
+
orange. The student who succeeds in doing so solved the problem. Otherwise, it
Plants are essential to the human environment, as they provide oxygen,  
+
repeat the activity to obtain the desired result. The teacher can
of food, shade etc ... Man must protect the plant from its environment
+
transpose the effort during the game to solve problems in mathematics
and maintain such replanting.  
+
for example.
====7 / THE AFTERMATH OF THE PROJECT:====
 
Development of a botanical garden, the primary school level. Students will plant
 
some trees in the courtyard.  
 
  
Exhibition of project results with other classes of the school and education
+
NB: This application is not included in the curriculum. However, it has
other classes in respect of the environment including plants.  
+
educational benefits that teachers and students could take into account
 +
all fields (and french enlightenment) to resolve the problems.
 +
====User Guide for the Implode====
 +
To access the Implode activity in the XO, after opening, with a view Welcome,
 +
place the cursor on the icon represented by small green squares.
  
Sharing the results of the project with other schools in the city, rural or other
+
<image Home view>
countries through the Internet XO.
 
===Project 2: Fight against unhealthy ===
 
The project will be implemented in three phases: design-implementation-evaluation.
 
====Design ====
 
Note that to start the project includes all primary students, regardless of
 
level. The difference will be simply at the level of involvement that can be
 
associated with age, but the level of students.
 
  
The project may take place in three months from the school, which takes place in Gabon by  
+
Three options appear: Run, Remove the favorite, and Delete. Click Start
me in October, ie in the first quarter. This schedule will have the advantage of seeing
+
by pressing the left button (represented by X) of the touch pad to enter
actions that can be achieved in the short medium and long term success.  
+
activity. To go faster, click on the icon to enter the business.
  
The success of the project therefore involves the consideration of certain prior
+
<image Game>
the teacher. In practice this means the teacher of
 
around the question to identify a problem, so students should know
 
what it is, identify information sources and the problem, then bring their
 
reflections and proposals on possible solutions to this problem.
 
In the case of the fight against unhealthy in Libreville, which is our example, we
 
can make the following suggestions.
 
  
Define in simple terms and concepts appropriate to the statement taking into account the  
+
Click on the tab for the main Game commands The star of the game is to start
level of language study and students. Cleanliness, hygiene dirt would be in this  
+
a new game, the two triangles pointing left can
optical concepts appropriate at all levels of primary education, ie the  
+
again at the very beginning, the arrow pointing left to return
first to fourth year.  
+
a stroke back, while the arrow pointing to the right restored the coup canceled. The
 +
three gates shown in this menu allow you to change the level of play from left to
 +
right, the levels are easier to more difficult.
  
With the class, and from these definitions, a general view of the situation of the city
+
<image Game toolbar>
Libreville identifying all sales areas without distinction. This concerns
 
school in the neighborhood streets, etc..
 
  
To acquaint students with the origins and causes of this situation.  
+
To play, click groups of three or more blocks of the same color. In
 +
positioning your cursor on them, they will highlight.
  
Awareness about the dangers of such a situation by referring to disease or even
+
===Activity Mini-Tam Tam===
epidemics.  
+
====Activity Summary====
 +
The student can make or play music in a fun way. It is a simple starting point
 +
for the child to learn through exploration of the key songs, some sounds
 +
musical instruments, the cries of certain animals and the noise that some objects
 +
when they fall or bump against another object. The learner can become familiar
 +
with the role of percussion, the beats per measure, the complexity of the beat, the
 +
tempo and volume.
  
In practice this amounts to the unhealthy relationship between the city and work
+
This activity allows the child to differentiate or to standardize the sounds in order to
school. This will be to introduce students to the direct consequences of unhealthy
+
build a musical sequence.
academic performance. For example, show children that mosquitoes
+
====Affordances of the activity====
transmit malaria to humans, live not only in the high high
+
* The student can identify the sounds
grass around our schools and our homes, but also in wastewater ponds,
+
* The student can distinguish the sounds of musical instruments, Animals, humans and objects (doors, trash ...)
gutters not priests populous neighborhoods of the capital of Gabon.  
+
* The student can control the tempo
 
+
* It may increase or decrease the speed of the tempo
The project will then aim to make children aware of their rights and  
+
* Students can measure the beat sounds and the possibility of the complex.
obligations to overcome this phenomenon. In this case, we will discuss ways
+
* It can combine sounds to get the rhythms he wants
human material and financial resources. The search, involving students in the design of  
+
* Students can recognize and imitate the sounds of the living environment
this project through discussions in class to make them aware of  
+
* The student may, with this activity, communicate or announce to the sound of a tam-tam new.
problems in their environment and have a real impact on their lives. It
+
====Degree of centrality of the activity====
is also to foster a spirit of civic involvement, foster cooperation,
+
<image 4/5>
complementarity and solidarity.  
+
 
=====Outturn=====
+
Indeed, '''TamTam
 +
Mini''' is not fully integrated into the primary school curriculum, but
 +
it remains a formal instrument used by all learners. Therefore, it is not
 +
only as an instrument of music, but also as a means of
 +
communication. It becomes an educational activity to enable the student
 +
to establish itself sounds and share them with other students in her community or
 +
by the way.
 +
====Application pédagogique 1====
 +
====''Tam Tam Mini or the art of playing music''====
 +
''Level (s)'': From the 1st to the 5th grade of primary
  
The executive phase of the project will be crucial to the extent it contains actions
+
''Knowledge'': The instruments of music, the beat, tempo and percussion
concrete that students faced in the field. These are the actions that materialize the
 
child labor.
 
  
The teacher can organize such a tour of the class
+
''Savoirfaire''': Combine different musical instruments
in a business of gathering and collecting garbage.
 
  
After this step, the integration of XO to the project is fundamental. It
+
''History'':
will use the little green computer as a tool for the class develops its thinking
 
on the fight against unhealthy in Libreville.
 
  
The activities of XO, such as compute, discuss distance, scratch, draw, write, navigate,
+
The teacher invites students to explore sounds and instruments available in the grid
video interview will be widely used to carry out the project, even
+
right of the activity. They can combine the sounds of some instruments to a rhythm
if others can also be requested. It may for example rely on the  
+
chant. Students are then asked to explore the concepts surrounding the percussion and
Géraldine contribution to illustrate the contribution of XO in this struggle that will lead
+
pace. The controls to the left of the screen can be used for teacher
students. In addition, for example, the design can be made to the prospectus on
+
demonstrate the concept of beat per measure of complexity of the beats and tempo.
good reflexes such do not throw garbage anywhere, and other shows where the cast.  
+
====Application pédagogique 2====
Contrary to the view Jean Paulin's remarks are very relevant, I
+
====''Tam Tam Mini and wakefulness''====
support activities that calculate distance and fit perfectly to the project. As
+
''Level (s)'': From the 1st to 3rd grade of primary
illustration, we will say that the context itself offers this opportunity:
+
 
:* Those who know Libreville realize that very often the garbage bins are
+
''Knowledge'': The Man, animals, objects, sounds
prepared to enter schools and colleges, high schools, the smell of waste indispose
 
regular students, the same is being done in neighborhoods with
 
latrines that are built anarchic.
 
:* It can also be observed in Libreville that the bins are inadequate insofar as
 
willing are often overwhelmed and fill an hour after the passage of
 
Trucking, the company responsible for the collection and garbage disposal!
 
  
For this reason one can measure the distance of the bins with the school or latrines
+
''Savoirfaire'': Distinguish the different sounds, objects and animals
with houses, calculate the volume of the garbage bin, the amount of waste produced by a
 
individual, and also the number of inhabitants in the district to understand why
 
overflowing garbage bins and draw conclusions.
 
  
On the other hand, the actions may be to formulate requests for aid to
+
''History'':
NGOs to redo the paint for example. Similarly,
 
Parents can contribute to repair toilets in schools that most
 
Gabon institutions do not work or are to be built.
 
=====Assessment =====
 
From the knowledge gained from the project ask students to
 
make proposals to remedy as far as possible the situation.
 
  
The information gathered will be used by the teacher in his
+
As part of an activity of exploration and enlightenment, the teacher may ask students
teaching to the curriculum and materials of the class. In
+
to discover the sounds produced by animals and instruments. Thus, students
level of civic education, he or she can educate students about the behavior
+
distinguish the cries of animals, the sounds of musical instruments.
the management of individual waste to the extent that very often people throw
 
garbage in prohibited places, sometimes we can see that some are on the ground
 
even when there is a garbage bin or trash can next to it. Students are also
 
champions of this attitude, since very little throw their garbage in the garbage.  
 
  
The evaluation will be done by observing the behavior of students, changes
+
The teacher can go through questions:
occurring in their environment, and attention that will give them the authority
 
Municipal and especially parents about the need to clean up their environment.
 
===Project 3: The bars and I ===
 
====Introduction ====
 
The education system is marked by the last few years of reforms aimed
 
to make it more effective. The most significant realization of what we may agree
 
to call a mini revolution is the introduction of a competency-based approach (SBA)
 
primary school. This means going beyond the mere mastery of objectives by providing atomic
 
students the opportunity to mobilize resources to deal with situations - problems
 
complex.
 
  
In the following contribution, we propose an enrichment of the APC The approach (or  
+
What cry shall deliver the cow or sheep?
pedagogy) project. The precursors of this approach are the Americans and Dewey
 
Kilpatrick, Ukrainian Makarenko and french Freinet.
 
  
We see this as an educational framework for students to go
+
What sounds can we give the strings of a guitar?
even further in the mobilization of resources acquired in school. Indeed,
+
====User Guide of the Tam-Tam Mini====
working on projects that affect their daily lives, students can make
+
This activity TamTam
the expertise developed in the classroom. The project approach offers, in
+
Mini is the prospect Home. To access, click on
Moreover, the possibility to collaborate with their peers and with other resource persons to
+
on the icon TamTam
through the tool. The use of a computer network is really the element
+
Mini (represented by an icon with two drum sticks) with
most striking of a learning project. With the help and support from their teacher or
+
the left button (X) of the touchpad.
their teacher, children will activate around a project which they assumed
 
responsibility. They will be able to "learn together and develop a
 
community of learners "(Laferrière, 2005) which can go well beyond their class,
 
their city and their own countries.  
 
  
How to operationalize the project pedagogy in the context if a particular
+
<image Home view>
gabonaise school?
 
  
The purpose of the discussion that follows is to outline an answer to this important issue. In
+
After clicking on this icon, the most musical instruments appear
Indeed, our schools are too often problems such as lack of equipment
+
in and out of a grid with pictures (of humans, animals and other
didactic or overstaffing. We show how the project approach
+
objects used in the living environment).
can be implemented taking into account these peculiarities.  
 
  
The example presented here is a project whose theme could be "the bars and I 'to
+
<image gallery of sound instruments>
Students of a class of 5th grade. We will highlight the different
 
steps for the realization of such a project: preparation, execution and
 
exploitation pédagogique.
 
=====I - Project Preparation=====
 
=====Why this theme? =====
 
  
Pierre Monsard, academic gabonais died a few years ago, said not without
+
The choice of instruments is possible. To access, click on the
reason that forty years of independence in Gabon, it was "constructed over pubs and
+
left button (X) to activate the sound or instrument that we want to play. For
bars and libraries. " This statement, knowing that anyone can Gabon
+
play different sounds (the letters J and H, for example), you have to press the keys
reasonably challenging, well the problem of the proliferation of bars in
+
keyboard. It is possible to start a rate increase or decrease the speed of the tempo,
our country. In the environment of the student, the bars are everywhere be it in the vicinity
+
why you should click on the Play button (represented by a green triangle) and move
from home or near the school with their attendant nuisances. Among these disturbances on
+
up or down four controls (beats per minute, complexity
include the diurnal and nocturnal disturbance, alcoholism, smoking, etc..  
+
beat, Tempo and Volume). This activity leaves the possibility for the teacher to use
 +
the sounds or create new sounds. Thus, the sharing or exchange of our
 +
creations with our friends as possible is our ability to play the
 +
music between friends.
  
In many families, the child is introduced very early in this universe. Indeed, it is not
+
===Activity Tam Tam Jam===
uncommon for young boys and girls of barely a decade are
+
====Activity Summary====
sent by their parents to buy beer or cigarettes at the nearest bar. And
+
This activity enables students to assemble the pieces of music and sounds. It can
total violation of the law, the owners of these structures to sell alcohol and tobacco
+
several sequences with different rhythms and sounds, like a concert.
these minors. Thus, when a child buys a bottle of wine for example, there is no
 
way to be sure it is not him - even eat.
 
  
No risk - so we not make alcoholics and smokers tomorrow?
+
With this activity the instruments will not be mandatory, because the XO has a
 +
bank of instruments and sounds. The teacher could diversify the teachings on
 +
musical instruments.
 +
====Affordances of the activity====
 +
* It can use several instruments and rhythms at once.
 +
* The student can control the tempo.
 +
* The student can control the volume and order of passage.
 +
* It can also compose and record his own music.
 +
====Degree of centrality of the activity====
 +
<image 5/5>
  
The proliferation of bars in our cities is therefore to the fight against these scourges
+
This course meets the curriculum of basic education, such as the
threaten our society.  
+
4th grade curriculum in Éveil (arts education and sports) to create and implement
 +
decorative arts with a desire to produce a rhythm by using a tool
 +
music and the 5th years namely to make complex projects in activities
 +
art (drawing, singing, handwork, music). It is therefore easy to integrate with
 +
curricula.
 +
====Application pédagogique 1====
 +
====''Recognition of different musical instruments and their categories''====
 +
''Level (s)'': 4th grade of primary
 +
 
 +
''Knowledge'': Instruments, percussion, wind instruments, stringed instruments.
 +
 
 +
''Savoirfaire'': Create and implement a concern with objects of art, to produce a rate
 +
using a musical instrument Regouper instruments by category within
 +
an orchestra.
  
Furthermore, bars are unique gabonais Walnut neighborhood in a real
+
''History'':
deluge of decibels at night and day. This course, once again, in contradiction
 
with the Gabonese law prohibits noise. Sometimes the bars are so close to
 
homes or schools, it is harder for children to work or simply
 
to sleep because of the deafening sound of music. Thus, bars may
 
negatively affect school performance.
 
  
It was just a few illustrations of the importance for students to reflect on the  
+
Students may create groups of harmonious sounds from the range that
bars problem and propose possible solutions to minimize the effects  
+
is presented. The teacher may ask students to choose a musical instrument,
negatively on their environment. However, experience shows that "for an approach  
+
a sound, cry or prerecorded voice in the directory tab that appears at the bottom
project to succeed it must be close to his theme of life or centers of interest
+
of the screen. Then the teacher asked to choose a rhythm in the tab Loops of
students "(Munro).  
+
associate it with sounds and instruments selected above and click to hear
=====Featured Resources=====  
+
composition made. Through this variety the student has the opportunity to perform, create
* Science courses (as of alcohol and tobacco on health is on the agenda  
+
to record and listen to his music by clicking on the numbers and signs
5th grade);  
+
chosen to identify the instruments and sounds selected. At this point, students will be
* Courses in mathematics (calculation of expenditures caused by alcohol and tobacco,  
+
aware of his spirit of creativity in curricula sought in Enlightenment.
Students may produce statements of problems on the basis of questions asked of those who  
+
====Application pédagogique 2====
attend bars and solve these problems by mobilizing resources acquired  
+
====''Mobilization capacity in the creation''====
class issues recorded by the camera XO);
+
''Level (s)'': Grade 5
* French course (Preparation of a brochure, posters, ...);  
+
 
* NGO (Action for Gabon or UNESCO, WHO, ...);  
+
''Knowledge'': The singing, composition
* Collaboration with other schools in the same city, Gabon or outside of Gabon
+
 
for such comparisons;  
+
''Savoirfaire'': Carry out complex projects in artistic activities. Ability to
* Geography and drawing (Making a map of the neighborhood bars and their proximity to  
+
coordinate and harmonize the instruments, sounds and singing.
school)  
+
 
* Measurement of sound intensity in the bars with the XO;  
+
''History'':
=====Organization =====
+
 
=====→ Action Plan:=====  
+
According to the teacher, students can combine sounds to offices
* Duration: 10 weeks, a half - day per week which does not seem  
+
different and achieve the creation of a virtual orchestra. The teacher will ask the
excessive because of the high level of core activities;  
+
students to form a choir and with the XO, to compose music that can
* Create groups of five students each with specific tasks;  
+
accompany. Students who succeed in producing a smooth and rhythmic music
* Entertainment in bars under the supervision of the teacher or the teacher for  
+
demonstrate their capacity for coordination and harmonization or engineering
interviews, videos, photos with the XO;  
+
into sound. Instead of the traditional method of vocalization, the possibility is
* Invitation to an NGO to explain the social consequences (destruction of the cell  
+
offered to students to use instruments and sounds like a DJ on a track.
family), a doctor to explain the impact of alcohol, tobacco and pollution  
+
====User guide of the Tam-Tam Jam====
sound man.  
+
To access the TamTam
====II - The project====  
+
Jam in the XO, after opening, with a view
=====Progressive development of thought and documents=====  
+
Home, place the cursor on the icon represented by a drum associated with a
As that project activities are carried out, students must take  
+
trumpet and a guitar. Three options appear: Run, Remove the favorite, and
aware of the adverse effects on them - and on their environment  
+
Remove. Click on start pressing the left mouse button (represented by X)
the existence of so many bars. It is the emergence of individuals who  
+
touch pad to enter the business. Or to go faster, click directly
alcohol, smoking and noise are problems that require social  
+
on the icon to return to the activity.
find a solution. Indeed, in what is going on, these scourges have too  
+
 
tend to be trivialized. The bars are there, they exist in our living environment without  
+
<image Home view>
s'émeuve no effect if their destructive for our country. It is not uncommon to  
+
 
Libreville, for example, to meet a person lying on the floor or on the sidewalk  
+
This activity has several tabs. The tab includes options Jam Control
on the road, intoxicated causing death as passers hilarity.  
+
Volume and Tempo. The 3rd tab Playback will stop the loop, to mute
=====→ One or more production=====  
+
and a display (metronome) and a control beat. The Desktop tab is
This awareness must lead to the realization of actions aimed at reducing
+
as a memory card that holds all the compositions made in different
adverse consequences in the life of students. This can be achieved by  
+
environments of the composition. The Save tab allows you to record
production of posters, leaflets, files, etc.. for their peers, to  
+
new sounds using the microphone.
parents and the whole neighborhood. To fight against noise pollution for example, we can  
+
 
very well lead students to send a letter to the mayor of the commune in which  
+
<image toolbar>
located their neighborhood, to seek enforcement.  
+
 
====III - Educational Farms====  
+
At the bottom of the screen there are drum kits (set of batteries and tam-tam), Loops (bank
 +
musical sequences), All (all types of sounds), Concrete (sound among objects
 +
excerpts from the environment), Animals (animal cries), Keyboard (keyboards), My
 +
sounds (my sons), People (the prerecorded voice of a child), Strings (instruments
 +
strings), Winds (wind instruments) and percussion.
 +
 
 +
<image Drum kits>
 +
 
 +
To form the orchestra, the student need only drag and drop to assemble instruments,
 +
sounds and musical sequences (loops). Click the right button (M) under
 +
the touchpad to access new options (control of reverberation, edition of
 +
the sequence of the beat to control the instrument, designated keyboard button to
 +
activate the instrument, etc.)..
 +
 
 +
<image Loops><image Loops panel>
 +
 
 +
The activity can be shared with neighbors and to dyads or triads. Students
 +
to discuss their different compositions, make suggestions,
 +
innovations from the draft class (for example, be a melody for
 +
Christmas or New Year). The ability to interact is developed and even Central
 +
in this activity. It develops the spirit of cooperation and creativity.
 +
 
 +
===Activity Tam-Tam Edit===
 +
====Activity Summary====
 +
The student can compose or play music alone or with other learners
 +
using sound effects, instruments or sounds. The XO is of
 +
promote the skills, ie to develop the ability to select a
 +
instrument sounds to choose and make melodies.
 +
 
 +
The educational benefits from the operation of the activity Tamtam
 +
Edit for teachers
 +
are that it has all the possible instruments: piano, clarinet, banjo,
 +
xylophone, etc.. more different sounds and different possibilities of adjustment,
 +
coordination, symbiosis and thus creating unlimited it can share with the whole
 +
group class.
 +
====Affordances of the activity====
 +
* The learner is able to compose a melody using a variety instruments such as guitar, piano, flute, xylophone, clarinet ...
 +
* The learner is able to improve his compositions, incorporating other sounds of children, cries of animals (chickens, horses, frogs ...).
 +
* You can compose music and record instantly.
 +
* Can select for its creation or mimic the sounds generated by the XO.
 +
* It can save not only his keyboard, but also bring its music to ogg ie ready for export.
 +
* It can select the tools to mark the difference in notes music and frequency sounds (using the paint tool).
 +
* The computer offers green design tools for the preparation of notes music.
 +
* The learner can modify the volume of the tempo at will.
 +
* The XO offers modern music that the student can recognize or discover while having tones. It also includes animals and their cries respectifs.
 +
* Students can share all its activities both with the teacher with his neighborhood is composed of peers connected to the grid.
 +
* You may submit work to the teacher.
 +
* It may also involve his peers in his compositions, the latter can make their changes, their additions, etc..
 +
 
 +
====Degree of centrality of the activity====
 +
<image 5/5>
 +
 
 +
In referring to the curriculum of 4th and 5th years and the 1st year's event
 +
Tam Tam Edit fits under Enlightenment.
 +
In 4th and 5th years eg
 +
* First-level 4 at the 22nd week, students will perform a song.
 +
* Then at level 5, the 29th week the knowledge of learners are built around instruments.
 +
* Two types of instruments are used: the percussion instruments (tamtam, drum) and wind instruments (flute, trumpet, harmonica ...).
 +
* At the end of learning, students will be able to use a percussion instrument or wind.
 +
 
 +
As a justification to integrate the curriculum, we can
 +
explain that the activity Tam Tam Edit the learner can compose music that
 +
accompany a song. The learner can also create his own music with
 +
instruments required by the curriculum, but it can enrich many other
 +
opportunities available to him including the XO to add sounds like the cries
 +
animals (bird, dog, etc..) or human voices. It may also share
 +
composition of music with others.
 +
====Application pédagogique 1 ====
 +
====''Compose a melody''====
 +
''Level (s)'': 4th grade of primary
 +
 +
''Knowledge'': The traditional songs and / or modern
 +
 
 +
''Savoirfaire'': Run a traditional song and / or modern.
 +
 
 +
''History'':
 +
 
 +
Students will create their own melody to the presentation of a ballet. As
 +
illustration, the First Symphony dyad Brigitte / Solange.
 +
 
 +
The student selects the section Dial, then it makes the choice of instruments
 +
music (frog, dog, rooster, balafon), then the sheet of paper, he shall record the
 +
sequences of musical notes to get the music you want.
 +
 
 +
Similarly, students in Grade 1 may be required to perform the anthem Group
 +
National (the Concorde).
 +
====Application pédagogique 2====
 +
====''Composition of a musical repertoire''====
 +
''Level (s)'': 4th grade of primary
 +
 
 +
''Knowledge'': Awareness of the value of traditional local songs and / or modern.
 +
 
 +
''Savoirfaire'': Enhance the original music (example: Elon, Ikokou, etc).
 +
Perform traditional songs and modern within a moderate band at the
 +
cultural day of school at the end of the year.
 +
 +
''History'':
 +
 
 +
Placed in groups of five, students will select musical instruments of XO,
 +
recognize those who are part of traditional culture (it should be noted that Gabon
 +
includes fifty ethnic groups), call or mimic melodies so that all
 +
together constitute a musical repertoire for the festival season.
 +
====User Guide of the Tam-Tam Edit====
 +
On the home page, place the cursor on the icon TamTam
 +
Edit, a window opens,
 +
click on the Run option, a page is opened.
 +
 
 +
<image Home view>
 +
 
 +
It presents the extreme left, a panoply of instruments (guitar, piano, tam-tam, etc.)..
 +
To change the instrument, click on their image. Click on the symbol of addition (+)
 +
to add a new instrument to the list.
 +
 
 +
<image Tam Tam Edit>
 +
 
 +
The bar tab of activity we offer three choices: Student Activities, Composer and Generate
 +
The Components tab displays a bar with three compartments.
 +
 
 +
<image Composer toolbar>
 +
 
 +
Left: a button Play / Pause, Stop another then a third keyboard Save
 +
and a final ogg to record sound to ogg format
 +
subsequently converted to MP3 or CD.
 +
 
 +
In the center there is a selection tool to move the clips, a pencil and a brush,
 +
which allows us to edit the clips of the instruments.
 +
 
 +
At right, a Copy button that makes a copy of the sequence. Finally a button
 +
Volume / Tempo that leave our slider to access the controls.
 +
 
 +
To compose a melody, click on the Compose tab, then select the
 +
instruments required.
 +
 
 +
<image Track properties>
 +
 
 +
Then click on the pencil to draw lines in front of the chosen instrument and
 +
points at the bottom of the page (which will be the sequence to play the instrument).
 +
 
 +
At the bottom of the screen lists the different sequences that make up your song.
 +
 
 +
The composition can be heard by clicking the Play button. To mark a stop
 +
to make an improvement, click the Pause button and insert arrangements
 +
desired.
 +
 
 +
We can improve the composition by adding the sounds of animals, the cries of birds or
 +
of children.
 +
 
 +
For the computer generates a sound or a sequence according to your settings, first click  on the Generation tab.
 +
 
 +
<image Play toolbar>
 +
 
 +
The top bar to change option buttons Play / Pause and Stop are still,
 +
then added three more: generating a sound, then Property Generation. Leaving the
 +
cursor on the icon property, the latter lets you select the level of individual
 +
elements (a division of the grid, page color, transposition, pan, volume, etc.).
 +
 
 +
<image Properties panel>
 +
 
 +
Then, click, a window opens, it sets the pace,
 +
height, duration, scale and pattern of the melody generated.
 +
 
 +
<image Play panel>
 +
 
 +
Finally, it is possible to save your publication in the Journal of the XO
 +
retain for future use (use the Store procedure described on page
 +
15 of Getting Started in XO and the Sugar environment V.8.2), or the record format
 +
ogg to export.
 +
===Conclusion===
 +
Ultimately, this chapter has attempted a description of the capabilities of XO in primary school
 +
Gabon. Far from being exhaustive, we accept that many activities can be exploited
 +
with the XO in school from primary school so unique. Similarly, it is
 +
possible to combine activities in the context of educational applications.
 +
Adapting to Gabon password, among other things, integration of XO in
 +
conformity with the curricula. To go further, we can still consider a
 +
Operating XO: pedagogy of the project.
 +
 
 +
==Chapter 3 ==
 +
===Introduction===
 +
This chapter suggests, by way of example, four projects that could be achieved by
 +
combining certain activities (or affordances) of the XO. These are projects on
 +
deforestation, disease, cultural heritage and national languages. As you
 +
see, these projects cover various fields of study. Each project is presented
 +
according to a style, because it seemed more important to reflect a certain
 +
variety of possible actions to unify the presentation of projects. However, each
 +
proposed project follows the methodology suggested by Gregory and Laferrière
 +
(1998):
 +
 
 +
<image Project path>
 +
===Project 1: The Herbarium at school ===
 +
School project: "The herbarium at school. "
 +
====PROJECT DESCRIPTION ====
 +
This project was designed to be completed in the fourth and / or fifth grade
 +
primary education system in Gabon.
 +
====FIRST PHASE: PREPARATION OF A DRAFT ====
 +
Discussion of the feasibility of this project with two teachers, and Valentine Béranger, of
 +
Elementary School Application of the École Normale Supérieure. Both teachers
 +
found it very exciting and very timely especially as Valentine had already piloted a
 +
agriculture project with a third class of primary school. The "to the herbarium
 +
school "seemed feasible.
 +
====1 / CHOOSE THE THEME: ====
 +
The choice of the theme is left to the discretion of the teacher or the teacher, through
 +
a discussion with the target class, the great movement of logging in the city of
 +
Libreville.
 +
=====Learning Objectives: =====
 +
* Identify, photograph, name and recognition of certain plants in the environment closest to the student, here it is the courtyard of the school.
 +
* Identify some uses of plants.
 +
* Define the term "deforestation".
 +
* Identify some of the consequences of deforestation.
 +
* Raise awareness of the importance of plants in the environment of the student.
 +
* Planting trees in the school.
 +
* Develop a herbarium of 10 pages.
 +
Skills and attitudes developed by students through the project:
 +
* Recognize, name awareness, planting trees, using the XO.
 +
====2 / TRACKING RESOURCE REQUIREMENTS:====
 +
Students will have access to resources in the library of the XO. They consult
 +
appropriate documents on the Internet, as well as software using the XO.
 +
 
 +
Obtaining the teacher of a student to leave school
 +
able to go to the National Herbarium in Libreville, and the herbarium of the University of
 +
Libreville.
 +
====3 / ORGANIZATION OF WORK:====
 +
The student must take ownership of the project, and the teacher play a role
 +
facilitator or resource person in the organization and execution of the project.
 +
 
 +
The teacher organizes the class into triads. Each triad is working on a plant. She
 +
photography plant using the XO, names using the information collected in the
 +
Bookstore XO, or exit at the National Herbarium and identifies some of the utilities
 +
plant. It makes this plant for a page and a page traditional electronic
 +
Herbarium.
 +
 
 +
Triads interchangent regularly each triad results and this in turn
 +
role its results to the class.
 +
====SECOND PHASE: IMPLEMENTATION OF THE PROJECT ====
 +
The project may take the entire school year, one hour per week
 +
during the course of awakening. (It may take less time, about 6 months, if the teacher or
 +
the teacher decides to put the project to the time allotted to manual labor, 30
 +
minutes per day in the Gabonese education system).
 +
 
 +
The teacher ensures that students respect the time and the interactions
 +
students help build a community of learners.
 +
 
 +
The teacher encourages frequent communication between learners,
 +
encourages, stimulates, corrects shooting, helping students to make regular updates on
 +
the development of their work.
 +
====4 / PROGRESSIVE DEVELOPMENT OF THOUGHT AND DOCUMENTS: ====
 +
Progressive development within each triad, a thought of a living environment
 +
for humans, the presence of plants, and its responsibility for its balance.
 +
 
 +
Progressive development, by any group class of a herbarium of plants from electronic
 +
School classified through the bookstore or log XO.
 +
 
 +
Progressive development, by any group class, a traditional plant, consisting of 10
 +
pages. Each page representing a plant by its leaves and / or dried flower, with its
 +
common name and scientific name, and some utilities to be its specificity.
 +
 
 +
Progressive development of a botanical garden, students will plant trees or
 +
few plants in the schoolyard.
 +
====5 / COORDINATION AND SUMMARY OF CONTRIBUTIONS: ====
 +
Presentation to the whole class of tasks of each triad, questions and
 +
comments to enrich and enhance the collective production of the class.
 +
 
 +
The teacher spoke in front of the class to say what is positive
 +
compared to the project and improve deficiencies while encouraging and challenging.
 +
====THIRD PHASE: THE EXPLOITATION OF EDUCATIONAL PROJECT====
 +
====6 / BACK ON THE PROJECT:====
 +
Once completed, the project should be allowed to teach the class group that
 +
Plants are essential to the human environment, as they provide oxygen,
 +
of food, shade etc ... Man must protect the plant from its environment
 +
and maintain such replanting.
 +
====7 / THE AFTERMATH OF THE PROJECT:====
 +
Development of a botanical garden, the primary school level. Students will plant
 +
some trees in the courtyard.
 +
 
 +
Exhibition of project results with other classes of the school and education
 +
other classes in respect of the environment including plants.
 +
 
 +
Sharing the results of the project with other schools in the city, rural or other
 +
countries through the Internet XO.
 +
===Project 2: Fight against unhealthy ===
 +
The project will be implemented in three phases: design-implementation-evaluation.
 +
====Design ====
 +
Note that to start the project includes all primary students, regardless of
 +
level. The difference will be simply at the level of involvement that can be
 +
associated with age, but the level of students.
 +
 
 +
The project may take place in three months from the school, which takes place in Gabon by
 +
me in October, ie in the first quarter. This schedule will have the advantage of seeing
 +
actions that can be achieved in the short medium and long term success.
 +
 
 +
The success of the project therefore involves the consideration of certain prior
 +
the teacher. In practice this means the teacher of
 +
around the question to identify a problem, so students should know
 +
what it is, identify information sources and the problem, then bring their
 +
reflections and proposals on possible solutions to this problem.
 +
In the case of the fight against unhealthy in Libreville, which is our example, we
 +
can make the following suggestions.
 +
 
 +
Define in simple terms and concepts appropriate to the statement taking into account the
 +
level of language study and students. Cleanliness, hygiene dirt would be in this
 +
optical concepts appropriate at all levels of primary education, ie the
 +
first to fourth year.
 +
 
 +
With the class, and from these definitions, a general view of the situation of the city
 +
Libreville identifying all sales areas without distinction. This concerns
 +
school in the neighborhood streets, etc..
 +
 
 +
To acquaint students with the origins and causes of this situation.
 +
 
 +
Awareness about the dangers of such a situation by referring to disease or even
 +
epidemics.
 +
 
 +
In practice this amounts to the unhealthy relationship between the city and work
 +
school. This will be to introduce students to the direct consequences of unhealthy
 +
academic performance. For example, show children that mosquitoes
 +
transmit malaria to humans, live not only in the high high
 +
grass around our schools and our homes, but also in wastewater ponds,
 +
gutters not priests populous neighborhoods of the capital of Gabon.
 +
 
 +
The project will then aim to make children aware of their rights and
 +
obligations to overcome this phenomenon. In this case, we will discuss ways
 +
human material and financial resources. The search, involving students in the design of
 +
this project through discussions in class to make them aware of
 +
problems in their environment and have a real impact on their lives. It
 +
is also to foster a spirit of civic involvement, foster cooperation,
 +
complementarity and solidarity.
 +
=====Outturn=====
 +
 
 +
The executive phase of the project will be crucial to the extent it contains actions
 +
concrete that students faced in the field. These are the actions that materialize the
 +
child labor.
 +
 
 +
The teacher can organize such a tour of the class
 +
in a business of gathering and collecting garbage.
 +
 
 +
After this step, the integration of XO to the project is fundamental. It
 +
will use the little green computer as a tool for the class develops its thinking
 +
on the fight against unhealthy in Libreville.
 +
 
 +
The activities of XO, such as compute, discuss distance, scratch, draw, write, navigate,
 +
video interview will be widely used to carry out the project, even
 +
if others can also be requested. It may for example rely on the
 +
Géraldine contribution to illustrate the contribution of XO in this struggle that will lead
 +
students. In addition, for example, the design can be made to the prospectus on
 +
good reflexes such do not throw garbage anywhere, and other shows where the cast.
 +
Contrary to the view Jean Paulin's remarks are very relevant, I
 +
support activities that calculate distance and fit perfectly to the project. As
 +
illustration, we will say that the context itself offers this opportunity:
 +
:* Those who know Libreville realize that very often the garbage bins are prepared to enter schools and colleges, high schools, the smell of waste indispose regular students, the same is being done in neighborhoods with latrines that are built anarchic.
 +
:* It can also be observed in Libreville that the bins are inadequate insofar as willing are often overwhelmed and fill an hour after the passage of Trucking, the company responsible for the collection and garbage disposal!
 +
 
 +
For this reason one can measure the distance of the bins with the school or latrines
 +
with houses, calculate the volume of the garbage bin, the amount of waste produced by a
 +
individual, and also the number of inhabitants in the district to understand why
 +
overflowing garbage bins and draw conclusions.
 +
 
 +
On the other hand, the actions may be to formulate requests for aid to
 +
NGOs to redo the paint for example. Similarly,
 +
Parents can contribute to repair toilets in schools that most
 +
Gabon institutions do not work or are to be built.
 +
=====Assessment =====
 +
From the knowledge gained from the project ask students to
 +
make proposals to remedy as far as possible the situation.
 +
 
 +
The information gathered will be used by the teacher in his
 +
teaching to the curriculum and materials of the class. In
 +
level of civic education, he or she can educate students about the behavior
 +
the management of individual waste to the extent that very often people throw
 +
garbage in prohibited places, sometimes we can see that some are on the ground
 +
even when there is a garbage bin or trash can next to it. Students are also
 +
champions of this attitude, since very little throw their garbage in the garbage.
 +
 
 +
The evaluation will be done by observing the behavior of students, changes
 +
occurring in their environment, and attention that will give them the authority
 +
Municipal and especially parents about the need to clean up their environment.
 +
===Project 3: The bars and I ===
 +
====Introduction ====
 +
The education system is marked by the last few years of reforms aimed
 +
to make it more effective. The most significant realization of what we may agree
 +
to call a mini revolution is the introduction of a competency-based approach (SBA)
 +
primary school. This means going beyond the mere mastery of objectives by providing atomic
 +
students the opportunity to mobilize resources to deal with situations - problems
 +
complex.
 +
 
 +
In the following contribution, we propose an enrichment of the APC The approach (or
 +
pedagogy) project. The precursors of this approach are the Americans and Dewey
 +
Kilpatrick, Ukrainian Makarenko and french Freinet.
 +
 
 +
We see this as an educational framework for students to go
 +
even further in the mobilization of resources acquired in school. Indeed,
 +
working on projects that affect their daily lives, students can make
 +
the expertise developed in the classroom. The project approach offers, in
 +
Moreover, the possibility to collaborate with their peers and with other resource persons to
 +
through the tool. The use of a computer network is really the element
 +
most striking of a learning project. With the help and support from their teacher or
 +
their teacher, children will activate around a project which they assumed
 +
responsibility. They will be able to "learn together and develop a
 +
community of learners "(Laferrière, 2005) which can go well beyond their class,
 +
their city and their own countries.
 +
 
 +
How to operationalize the project pedagogy in the context if a particular
 +
gabonaise school?
 +
 
 +
The purpose of the discussion that follows is to outline an answer to this important issue. In
 +
Indeed, our schools are too often problems such as lack of equipment
 +
didactic or overstaffing. We show how the project approach
 +
can be implemented taking into account these peculiarities.
 +
 
 +
The example presented here is a project whose theme could be "the bars and I 'to
 +
Students of a class of 5th grade. We will highlight the different
 +
steps for the realization of such a project: preparation, execution and
 +
exploitation pédagogique.
 +
=====I - Project Preparation=====
 +
=====Why this theme? =====
 +
 
 +
Pierre Monsard, academic gabonais died a few years ago, said not without
 +
reason that forty years of independence in Gabon, it was "constructed over pubs and
 +
bars and libraries. " This statement, knowing that anyone can Gabon
 +
reasonably challenging, well the problem of the proliferation of bars in
 +
our country. In the environment of the student, the bars are everywhere be it in the vicinity
 +
from home or near the school with their attendant nuisances. Among these disturbances on
 +
include the diurnal and nocturnal disturbance, alcoholism, smoking, etc..
 +
 
 +
In many families, the child is introduced very early in this universe. Indeed, it is not
 +
uncommon for young boys and girls of barely a decade are
 +
sent by their parents to buy beer or cigarettes at the nearest bar. And
 +
total violation of the law, the owners of these structures to sell alcohol and tobacco
 +
these minors. Thus, when a child buys a bottle of wine for example, there is no
 +
way to be sure it is not him - even eat.
 +
 
 +
No risk - so we not make alcoholics and smokers tomorrow?
 +
 
 +
The proliferation of bars in our cities is therefore to the fight against these scourges
 +
threaten our society.
 +
 
 +
Furthermore, bars are unique gabonais Walnut neighborhood in a real
 +
deluge of decibels at night and day. This course, once again, in contradiction
 +
with the Gabonese law prohibits noise. Sometimes the bars are so close to
 +
homes or schools, it is harder for children to work or simply
 +
to sleep because of the deafening sound of music. Thus, bars may
 +
negatively affect school performance.
 +
 
 +
It was just a few illustrations of the importance for students to reflect on the  
 +
bars problem and propose possible solutions to minimize the effects  
 +
negatively on their environment. However, experience shows that "for an approach  
 +
project to succeed it must be close to his theme of life or centers of interest
 +
students "(Munro).  
 +
=====Featured Resources=====  
 +
* Science courses (as of alcohol and tobacco on health is on the agenda 5th grade);  
 +
* Courses in mathematics (calculation of expenditures caused by alcohol and tobacco, Students may produce statements of problems on the basis of questions asked of those who attend bars and solve these problems by mobilizing resources acquired class issues recorded by the camera XO);
 +
* French course (Preparation of a brochure, posters, ...);  
 +
* NGO (Action for Gabon or UNESCO, WHO, ...);  
 +
* Collaboration with other schools in the same city, Gabon or outside of Gabon for such comparisons;  
 +
* Geography and drawing (Making a map of the neighborhood bars and their proximity to school)  
 +
* Measurement of sound intensity in the bars with the XO;  
 +
=====Organization =====
 +
=====→ Action Plan:=====  
 +
* Duration: 10 weeks, a half - day per week which does not seem excessive because of the high level of core activities;  
 +
* Create groups of five students each with specific tasks;  
 +
* Entertainment in bars under the supervision of the teacher or the teacher for interviews, videos, photos with the XO;  
 +
* Invitation to an NGO to explain the social consequences (destruction of the cell family), a doctor to explain the impact of alcohol, tobacco and pollution sound man.  
 +
====II - The project====  
 +
=====Progressive development of thought and documents=====  
 +
As that project activities are carried out, students must take  
 +
aware of the adverse effects on them - and on their environment  
 +
the existence of so many bars. It is the emergence of individuals who  
 +
alcohol, smoking and noise are problems that require social  
 +
find a solution. Indeed, in what is going on, these scourges have too  
 +
tend to be trivialized. The bars are there, they exist in our living environment without  
 +
s'émeuve no effect if their destructive for our country. It is not uncommon to  
 +
Libreville, for example, to meet a person lying on the floor or on the sidewalk  
 +
on the road, intoxicated causing death as passers hilarity.  
 +
=====→ One or more production=====  
 +
This awareness must lead to the realization of actions aimed at reducing
 +
adverse consequences in the life of students. This can be achieved by  
 +
production of posters, leaflets, files, etc.. for their peers, to  
 +
parents and the whole neighborhood. To fight against noise pollution for example, we can  
 +
very well lead students to send a letter to the mayor of the commune in which  
 +
located their neighborhood, to seek enforcement.  
 +
====III - Educational Farms====  
 
Under this project, students were encouraged to make the contribution  
 
Under this project, students were encouraged to make the contribution  
knowledge to solve a social problem that affects their lives.  
+
knowledge to solve a social problem that affects their lives.  
For example, competence in writing and speaking is put to  
+
For example, competence in writing and speaking is put to  
to conduct interviews, prepare posters or leaflets.  
+
to conduct interviews, prepare posters or leaflets.
 +
 
 +
From these interviews, children can collect data on expenditure
 +
daily to an individual bar. Then it may be useful to calculate the amount that
 +
individual spends monthly. This information can be used to produce
 +
statements of mathematical problems that will lead them to mobilize their knowledge in computing.
 +
Here, what is interesting is that the mathematical problem is not imposed on students,
 +
but it is them - themselves, from a social fact to them, go and ask the
 +
solve. The solution of the problem is simply an object of contemplation, but
 +
one more for the file and which will serve to convince.
 +
===Project 4: The national languages ===
 +
====Project Goal: Develop a glossary====
 +
=====Choose project:=====
 +
The idea for a fact: the loss of national languages. Children speak up
 +
least in their languages. Hence the development of a glossary in order to practice
 +
local languages.
 +
=====Resources: =====
 +
* Using the XO to save;
 +
* Adult speakers of each language listed;
 +
* The teacher as facilitator, coach learners to the development of glossary;
 +
* The activity will take place during the course of awakening, in 4th grade. The time spent for activity will depend on the organization of the teacher or the teacher.
 +
 
 +
Organization of work:
 +
* Identify the languages in the class to leave the groups in different languages;
 +
* Training groups. The groups will consist of speakers of the learners language. Those who find themselves alone integrate groups. The idea is that to learn another language, you should first speak their language;
 +
* Make a list of expressions and words in french, which will be contained in the glossary;
 +
* Collect data using the XO. Learners will record the voices of those resources and pronunciation of words and phrases will be maintained through the activity Memorize XO.
 +
=====Coordination and synthesis of contributions:=====
 +
* Processing of data by class group. During this examination, the learners could share the different emotions that occurred during the harvest data with other groups through the activity of XO Talk;
 +
* Summary of groups and preparation of the glossary.
 +
 +
Note that this project will be for one quarter. The teacher's role would be to
 +
guide, guide learners suggestions, guidelines and attitudes to adopt
 +
for group work. Children will learn the polite phrases (hello,
 +
thank you, etc..), know the names of animals, trees, pets and will be encouraged to
 +
converse in local languages.
 +
=====Continuation of the project:=====
 +
* Awareness campaign with games: For example, present an object (even photo) and ask other students to comment on the institution named in a local language. After the response, the group will bring the necessary correction, if need. Students could make a learning experience. Jurisdiction to develop, be able to translate a word or phrase local language.
 +
* New training group in class with people who did not work together (you can have two or three people from the same group) in the but to make them work in another language which is not necessarily theirs. The goal here is to encourage children to communicate in other langueslocales by exchanging other linguistic groups;
 +
=====Development of another glossary.=====
 +
* Sharing a project in interaction with other institutions.
  
From these interviews, children can collect data on expenditure
 
daily to an individual bar. Then it may be useful to calculate the amount that
 
individual spends monthly. This information can be used to produce
 
statements of mathematical problems that will lead them to mobilize their knowledge in computing.
 
Here, what is interesting is that the mathematical problem is not imposed on students,
 
but it is them - themselves, from a social fact to them, go and ask the
 
solve. The solution of the problem is simply an object of contemplation, but
 
one more for the file and which will serve to convince.
 
===Project 4: The national languages ===
 
====Project Goal: Develop a glossary====
 
=====Choose project:=====
 
The idea for a fact: the loss of national languages. Children speak up
 
least in their languages. Hence the development of a glossary in order to practice
 
local languages.
 
=====Resources: =====
 
* Using the XO to save;
 
* Adult speakers of each language listed;
 
* The teacher as facilitator, coach learners to the development of
 
glossary;
 
* The activity will take place during the course of awakening, in 4th grade. The time spent for
 
activity will depend on the organization of the teacher or the teacher.
 
Organization of work:
 
* Identify the languages in the class to leave the groups in different languages;
 
* Training groups. The groups will consist of speakers of the learners
 
language. Those who find themselves alone integrate groups. The idea is that
 
to learn another language, you should first speak their language;
 
* Make a list of expressions and words in french, which will be contained in the
 
glossary;
 
* Collect data using the XO. Learners will record the voices of those
 
resources and pronunciation of words and phrases will be maintained through the activity
 
Save XO.
 
=====Coordination and synthesis of contributions:=====
 
* Processing of data by class group. During this examination, the
 
learners could share the different emotions that occurred during the harvest
 
data with other groups through the activity of XO Talk;
 
* Summary of groups and preparation of the glossary.
 
 
Note that this project will be for one quarter. The teacher's role would be to
 
guide, guide learners suggestions, guidelines and attitudes to adopt
 
for group work. Children will learn the polite phrases (hello,
 
thank you, etc..), know the names of animals, trees, pets and will be encouraged to
 
converse in local languages.
 
=====Continuation of the project:=====
 
* Awareness campaign with games: For example, present an object (even
 
photo) and ask other students to comment on the institution named in a
 
local language. After the response, the group will bring the necessary correction, if
 
need. Students could make a learning experience. Jurisdiction
 
to develop, be able to translate a word or phrase
 
local language.
 
* New training group in class with people who did not work
 
together (you can have two or three people from the same group) in the
 
but to make them work in another language which is not necessarily theirs. The goal here
 
is to encourage children to communicate in other langueslocales by exchanging
 
other linguistic groups;
 
=====Development of another glossary.=====
 
* Sharing a project in interaction with other institutions.
 
 
==General Conclusion==  
 
==General Conclusion==  
 
Like many African countries, Gabon in recent years embarked on
 
Like many African countries, Gabon in recent years embarked on

Latest revision as of 09:21, 22 September 2011

The following is a wikified copy of a mostly untouched Google Translate translation of this document, http://www.franxophonie.org/images/stories/fichiers/GuideXOGabon.pdf, from the OLPC Gabon FranXOphone website, http://www.franxophonie.org/. Please see the original for credits.

Images have not been included in this copy.

Translation improvements are needed and would be welcomed.


DRAFT

Guide to using the XO and the Sugar environment in the context of a school in Gabon


Under the direction of

Robert Angoué NDOUTOUME

Thérèse Laferrière


Editor

Kaçandre BOURDELAIS


Authors

Michelle Lydie ABIALABIE

Julie ADA MBENG

Flora Corine ALLOGHO KEDZUI

Jean Paulin ALLOGO OBAME

Clarisse ANGUEZOME NGUEMA

Herménégilde BIYEGHE

Géraldine BOUSSOUGOU BOUSSOUGOU

Salomon ENGO MENDENE

Guy Roger KABA

Marie Edwige TSIEVA MABIKA ép.AKAGAH

Brigitte MAVOUNGOU

Adrien Joseph MONEYI NKO

Solange NDONG ESSANGUI

Guy Noël NZOMO NDONG


Collaborators

Hilaire BIBANG-ASSOUMOU

Jacques DÉSAUTELS

February 2009

Forward

The law 16/66 of 9 August 1966 on the organization of education in the Republic Gabon, in Article 3 stipulates that "education must ensure the physical, intellectual, moral and civic future of citizen [...] "In Article 5, one can read" the teaching methods using all modern means of more appropriate lectures. The programs will be based on social conditions and and their economic development. " To dock with these requirements, the purposes Education school gabonaise address the objectives of integration (in reference to the establishment of the aproche by basic skills.

Since the 1990s, these guidelines attempt to consolidate knowledge, skills and knowledge being essential to education, education and training of all citizens, development actor. Indeed, the integration of ICT into the school system is more show views of the many initiatives undertaken by the policy on this subject. This is the why the student in the Master's in Science Education Laval University of Quebec in collaboration with the Ecole Normale Superieure (ENS) in Libreville, offers a guide to implementation of educational XO (small green computer produced by the Foundation One Laptop per Child (OLPC), as the concept of Nicholas Negroponte) aimed particularly to teachers and future teachers and teachers of primary, regardless of class maintenance and educational activities considered.

The purpose of this guide is to contribute to the effective integration of XO in the system Gabonese education beginning with primary education.

This study guide and inform the teacher is used, depending on the activities of XO, landmarks animation class. It can find tracks of activities around different themes content in the curricula of primary school gabonaise.

It may also be of interest politics in order to establish an education policy which advocates strengthening the capacity for technological literacy, deepening knowledge and creation of knowledge, approaches proposed and supported by the Standards UNESCO ICT competences of teachers.

Finally, this study guide can help the student at the center of all learning activities, development of interdisciplinary skills related to life, he is placed in the center of all activities carried out under learning.

Introduction

For years, Gabon has committed in the fight against poverty. This Indeed, he placed one of its priorities "Quality education for all."

Strengthening and revision of content, as well as the updating of mechanisms for assessing learners undertaken as the primary demonstration of this resolution.

In this perspective, the integration of XO in the education system must be gabonais be in line with the established curriculum on the skills to develop.

Indeed, the new primary school provision gabonaise Profile skills of the person to form, ie after a learning cycle considered in the learner's ability to perform a task or solve situations problems adequately, using relevant knowledge and including also sizes cognitive, affective, psychomotor and social. In this case, the student learns to integrate its acquired french, mathematics, and in waking life situations common. The XO, by its configuration, as it shows the student center and its learning all around him, can help students to better strengthen its achievements.

As a result, the value of XO in the context of the PCA is essentially three levels: to give meaning to learning, making learning more effective set greater achievements. The XO can be considered as round as a didactic in connection with the specification of situations targeted by the student and the integration module and dock operation of the PCA. Because the competency-based approach aims at Child behavior problem solving situation, the XO will integrate learning process as an additional methodological. In this perspective, a reminder of how the CPA and its Methodological tools will clarify the adequacy of the XO.

Indeed, competency-based approach seeks to give meaning to learning through a framework for resolution of significant problems (as target problems), use grids of evaluation criteria reliable, objective and customized through the use Planning an airy, consistent and appropriate to the context. In terms of tools, there are the existence of methodological tools and physical media. The first cover aspects of learning content (knowledge, know-how, skills), examples activities, location problem (problem of life and therefore complex meaningful to the learner, mobilizing all resources, knowledge, know-how, of skills). The latter include amongst others the curriculum (combination by the purposes, content, skills, teaching methods and modalities Evaluation of a training course); guide integration (all directions teaching made available to the teacher to assess the child and the book situation (in which the activities planned for integration). According to the XO design condenses these components both in terms of functionality and in the implementation of activities made visible in the light of different affordances explained to the first chapter of this guide. The XO could be used in both training exercises in the resolution of situations problems of integration. In other words, exercises and situations problems will be placed on the USB key by the developer so that the learner at the end of a cycle learning to serve. The current physical media can serve as a benchmark for all these creations.

This guide (which needs to be improved by all educational contributions) can be used by school children and adults XO users in the training of resource persons who will be experts to train a large number of educators. It presents in its pages a recent glossary is not exhaustive and is primarily composed of three chapters respectively trace the first integration of ICT in schools to the XO and the need for their use in all modern societies that aspire to all-out development, taking into account the educational purposes of each nation. Then it contains a broad description of activities used in learning and teaching indicates applications that may be made school curricula in accordance with the Gabonese. And finally, the last chapter is a springboard to explore the pedagogy of the project when using the XO. These projects with themes are located can discuss possible solutions to problems the environment of the student Gabon.

Chapter 1

Based on the premise that information technology and communication are a and pervasive challenge in the 21st century, where it has invaded all sectors. The computer becomes a tool for promoting and deepening and the creation of knowledge. The school institution for the training of future citizens and it is open with the ambition to become familiar with this tool. In level, initiatives have flourished, and before any official devote ICT in schools. Today, these tools have become indispensable to the point where is no longer a "modern" without them. ICT has made a spectacular in education to become a teaching tool and education with which we must join if we do not want to fall behind in the evolution and development of the world of education. It is in this context that the skills in ICT and especially the micro-computer for both teachers for students in context is a matter of importance. The meaning the advent of XO in primary lies therefore in the initiation of students to the culture of knowledge creation in the early years of schooling. We ask However, the question, what is the relevance of ICTs in teaching methods, but also in teaching methods and learning? To do this, we entreverrons:

  • The educational purposes;
  • The metaphor underlying the design of the XO operating system;
  • The relevance and burden associated with the introduction of IT in

school context.

The educational purposes

In the law 16/66 of 9 August 1966:

In its 5th section, this Act provides that "teaching methods use all modern means appropriate in addition to lectures. The programs will be based social and economic conditions and trends. "

The loi16/66 of 9 August 1966 on the organization of education in Gabon, states 3rd Article: "The education must ensure the physical, intellectual, moral and civic future citizens. It must contribute to national unity and cohesion social, thanks to information and exchange of information with other bodies the state. " Education must therefore provide the individual training multidimensional. The educational policy in Gabon seeks development, social integration and economic citizen. It should make the student to develop their curiosity about of society and the world around them better by openness, but also participate in economic and social development of his country.

In its 5th section, this Act (16/66) stipulates that "teaching methods using all modern means appropriate in addition to lectures. In this, ICT is a good response to these expectations. With this in mind that policies educational advocate the strengthening of technological education, but also integration of IT in schools. The integration of ICT in context school is not subject to any challenge in Gabon, judging by the many projects undertaken.

The school must gabonaise train citizens happy, able to master a certain amount of knowledge (scientific, technical) to fit into the social fabric and economic, and thus to participate in economic and social development. It should form women and men with a sense of responsibility, able to act, to invent and to create in all fields. Education must prepare people to cope with needs of new technology required the development of a country at a time given.

Curricula designed to build knowledge, skills, and knowledge being essential to instruction, education and training of citizens, development actor. These curricula designed to help students not only to build a range of knowledge interdisciplinary in order to make him a competent player, capable of contributing to socio-economic development of the nation, to cope with possible problems may impede this development.

As defined, the objectives and purposes of education are largely gabonais up to the introduction of a project such as the XO, since the hour is to reforms. The integration of ICT in schools is a political willingness Gabon, to judge by the many projects undertaken in this direction. This project progressive integration of ICT in schools aims to redefine the place and role of the tool, which could be a plus for the mental processes beyond it is instrumental, in exercising its influence on our modes of thought and learning. In this regard, the failure of attempts to introduce the tool in school, particularly that of 2001 could be explained by the dislocation between ICT and the curriculum. The introduction of the XO in a school context, especially in primary schools is to "make a difference in terms of education enabling teachers, as well as students turn their relation to knowledge "(Désautels, 2008).

From that moment, it would be interesting to look a little to the metaphor which inspired the design of the operating system XO. For, it must be said, this design responds adequately to the expectations of the conceptual framework of theories which underlie new methods and theories of education.

The metaphor underlying the design of the operating system of XO

The design of the XO meets a number of requirements and need because it This fusion of active teaching theories. The design of the operating system the XO is based methods to both constructivist, socio-constructivist and constructionist. It places the student at the center of the learning process. If one refers to the constructionist conception of Papert (1981), the XO is designed to be used in order to improve learning among students, and even if we can not say that As well as teaching methods, we believe that the posture methodology behind the design of the XO (constructivism and socio). Product of constructivism, the XO place the learner at the center of activities as advocated by Piaget: the affordances lead the learner to build his own knowledge through the activities that the developer offered him such activity " draw. As socio-product, it allows the learner to achieve certain activities in synchronized example, functions "discuss" or "writing" that bring into learner interaction and the other, integrating the vision vigotskienne.

The design of the XO operating system is like a tool case. In other words, a box containing activities allowing students to construct their own knowledge. The project educational proposed (XO) addresses the need to train the actors of a class to a collaborative logic different from the individualistic dominant logic in the system gabonais education. The XO is the movement of discoveries in neuroscience that have highlighted the relationship between age and the learning process: the more one is exposed to early learning, there are more opportunities to learn and master (OECD, 2008). This is as above constructionist theories, and social-constructivist.

This tool facilitates the creation of knowledge among students in relation to its environment and through exchanges with other subjects. These theories of learning give an emphasis on collaboration which refer to the purposes outlined above. The metaphor of the circular presentation of the activities offered by the XO and centrality of the learner allows the latter to resort to activities of a variety. It may solicit and share them with peers, teachers or the teacher at any time, thus developing skills: collaboration and sharing - to name a few - by interacting with its environment. The know it becomes a forge built and know not taught.

In a classroom, the teacher who claims to constructivism or socio must take account of differences between the different contexts and promote a dynamic relationship to knowledge, ie to reflect the students, lead to construct arguments, but also knowledge and XO fall within this perspective.

The elements of relevance

The Gabonese education system can not evolve in isolation, in that it must open and comply with international standards as recommended by UNESCO and OECD. According to the OECD, the XO will allow the student to have access to a personalized learning - on extent - in particular by increasing its potential for reformulation of questions learning or to direct peers, or to the teacher. There has intensified interactions.

The introduction of the XO in line with the projects of UNESCO and the OECD puts an emphasis particularly on reducing poverty and improving the quality of life by putting related ICT, education reform and growth. Furthermore, the magic of XO allows learners to collaborate with other actors in its immediate environment through "The grid", but to seek, via the Internet of people belonging to more distant universe. The XO is for teaching, but also for the student a working tool effective as the metaphor of the electronic book, far more attractive than traditional types of media. In this sense, the databases and activities of XO would be more affordable in terms of cost relative to the establishment of libraries, management and regular renewal. The same applies to the student, his attitude to be XO different than a face that traditional tools (notebooks, slates, books, etc..), because more attractive. According to the results of PISA show that "cooperation positive relationship between student performance and their attitude vis-à-vis the learning " (EDU / CERI / CD, 2008). With the XO, the student can judge its capabilities and evaluate its achievements in same time as learning (formative assessment) rather than wait for the summative.

For the Gabonese education system, the tics are a lever to change the school, both in the construction of knowledge and level of communication from them. The XO promote personalized training marginal pedagogy Overview of the classroom. Its use would facilitate group work and involve initiatives and individual and collective responsibilities. ICT travel time and location of school (connectivity, support at any time, information unlimited) and can thus lead and place it "everywhere." They change the report to knowledge and the role of the teacher in the classroom.

Using the XO bousculant school organization as we know it today: its contents examined, the kinds of work students and teachers. This will certainly lead to a number of benefits and constraints.

Constraints with which compose

While the introduction of IT (XO) in middle school offers a number of advantages, it would be unrealistic to say that any coercion n'induira. Indeed, the school gabonaise of certain problems: overcrowding (60-100 students); lack of teaching materials, lack of teachers and teachers; disparities between institutions; disparity in the treatment of teachers and laxity government regarding the implementation and application of reforms. These constraints above do not militate in favor of greater integration of XO Gabon in school.

How the teacher could initiate such XO to a hundred students simultaneously? Each child is under these conditions have a computer? In Speaking of outdated facilities in our schools, how to use the XO in classes sometimes missing the strict minimum - electricity -?

Last but not least, it is important to address the labor group whose XO is the promoter. How to ensure the success of the collective individual success? Indeed, collective performance can be possible without the partners of these individuals interactions are progressing at a subsequent work. It must, to paraphrase Vygotsky, wait for the interpersonal process is transformed into an intrapersonal process.

We must also tackle the reluctance of teachers locked in paradigms in which they do not want to get rid of and reluctance to accept political difficult, if rarely innovative initiatives coming from the base. Similarly, Ministry of Education seems to have condemned the teaching status too reducer running programs denying any personal initiative.

The integration of XO to the school environment will require commitment by teachers and teachers renewed patience and a change in teaching. It should to accept that several tasks are performed in class at the same time, it must therefore be creative in varying activities. This project will require also from the political authorities of the appropriate training of teachers and teachers - both those of primary and high school - the postures, but also to the theories underlying the design and use of the XO in context school. In summary, if the introduction of the XO meets a real need, it requires a deep reflection on the purposes and on current teaching practices.

The integration of ICT, especially the XO Primary School, is a very important. It meets the current requirements learning, especially those who want that learning is related age as evidenced in science learning.

The remarkable work of CERI as well as other similar studies, such as conducted within the OECD, and more specifically from the perspective of neuroscience, we demonstrated. According to these works and studies, it appears that "the science of learning also emphasized the inverse relationship between age and learning effective aspects of language: in general, the more one is exposed to a very early second or third language and more likely it is to learn " (EDU/CERI/CD.2008, 14). Therefore, introduce the use of the computer from the primary is a commendable initiative which confirms the conclusions of this work.

Earlier the students take ownership of computers (the XO) better equipped they will be more in these areas and will later develop expertise from classes secondary level. They would improve once more reached the next level. For example, Gabon has the potential to reduce the digital divide with the north.

Initiating early child to ICT and increasing opportunities for manipulation XO handling through real learning situations in disciplines varied, the learner is familiar with the tool and use it like any other medium teaching (notebooks, books, slates, notebooks, etc.)..

So in order to facilitate the integration and use of the XO, with all its affordances and potential in various contexts that chapter 2 presents the different activities available, the affordances and potential educational applications in different disciplines and levels of primary school and the procedures for using these activities with the benefits of small green computer educational and didactique.

Chapter 2

Introduction

This chapter presents the different activities of XO. They guide both the student and teachers in various educational activities in the classroom and even outside the school environment.

To this end, the XO contains a total of 28 activities. The question is what first activity in this context? The activity is a well defined, for example, activity Drawing, in which it carries out specified tasks. These activities were thoughts for young learners (Bourdelais, 2008), ie "they are used primarily in the school context "(idem). In other words, they are also designed for students to work as a group, invite one or more people connected in a network and join in the same activity. This is Neighborhood where the perspective represented by a disc with eight points keyboard whose accession is possible by its activation. It will also focus on the classification of activities according to the curricula of Gabon. Then we try to see if these activities of XO fit well with the approach by competencies base (CPA) in effect at the primary school. Finally, building on the affordances of activities, we will see how they can teach in such an approach.

To do this, we proceed with some educational applications.

Classification of activities

Of the 28 currently ongoing in the XO, the vast majority meet the guidance curriculum of basic education as defined skills french, mathematics and awakening. They are intended "to consolidate knowledge, skills and knowledge being essential to education, education, and training of all citizens, player development. "(IPN, June 2004), where the classification level and curricula:

Curricula Years Mathematics French Enlightenment
1st year • Speak (from) • Implode (from) • Speak (from) • Scratch (from) • Tam-Tam Mini (from)
2nd year • Remember (from) • Remember (from) • Draw (from de)
3rd year • Calculate (from) • Writing (from) • Read (from) • Tam-Tam Jam (to from) • Tam-Tam Edit (to

from)

4th year • Distance (from) • Scratch (from) • Talk (from) • Browse (from de) • Record (from de) • Moon (from) • Measure (from)
5th year All activities from the 1st year

We note only that these activities have benefited from a gauge applications teaching. But the XO also contains games (Maze), activities in English (In Wikipedia, Help) and administration activities of the system (Terminal, Log, Analyze). The fact remains that the teacher and students could use them if there need a.

The XO activities with regard to the approach by competencies (APC)

The approach by competencies (APC) in force in Gabon since 2005 is a integrative approach, ie it allows interaction between the student and his environment. The PCA allows the student not to acquire a knowledge juxtaposed, but to behave and the ability to resolve situations problems in everyday life. In a socioconstructiviste, activities CPA trying to make it operational in everyday life, the student has mobilize the necessary tools for the resolution of problem situations in the context of class. Thus, we must know whether the classified above can fit with this approach to primary school.

To do this, we will present all activities that have been investigated to identify the various affordances and some educational applications that we can made with them.

Understanding the format for the activities

Name of activity

Activity Summary

A summary description of the activity and its various functions.

Affordances of the activity

According to Gibson (1979), we can define the capacity as an affordance suggestive this action and apparent in the environment, ie that, by the way this is designed, the affordance suggests possible actions to those who interact. It further specifies that, for the user, the value of affordance should be reflected, therefore, be emerging. It is therefore a partial list of affordances identified by our community resource people.

Degree of centrality of the activity

<image 1-5 scale>

Once the appropriation of affordances of fact our community contacts examined the integration of curriculum system gabonais school. Thus, we evaluated on a scale numbered from 1 to 5 the degree of centrality of the activity in question (1 designating a device or extracurricular activity and 5 designating a core activity to meet the curriculum objectives of the program).

Educational applications

The educational applications are illustrated suggestions for ways to use the XO activities in the school of Gabon. In compliance with the curriculum, our community resource people has developed two to three applications pédagogiques for each activity.

Title of application pédagogique

Level (s): Target levels by applying educational

Knowledge: Knowledge addressed in accordance with the curricula.

Knowhow: Know-how developed or raised in the application of pedagogical activity in accordance with the suggested curriculum.

History: A proposal by the conduct of the activity focused on the roles of teacher and students.

User's Guide for Activity

Guide who directs you in the use of the activity. It will guide you in features necessary for the achievement of educational applications. These small user guides are complementary to Getting Started in XO and the environment Sugar V.8.2.

Activity: Write

Activity Summary

Students can write texts using different keys on the keyboard.

Business Writing allows the student to replicate the lessons, exercises and be able to correct.

With this activity, the teacher can easily check what the student wrote. It may include an image or a table to better explain its course. Pass directly over he wants to propose to students, which will be an advantage in terms of number of hours in this meaning that the time that students often take to copy a lesson will be to favor of another activity. This will also solve the problem of specification and manual school.

Affordances of the activity

  • Students can write different texts (narrative, explanatory, descriptive ...).
  • The student can control what he says and correct mistakes.
  • Students may work with other students (group work for example).
  • The student can insert images or tables.
  • The student can describe what fascinates him or what he imagines.
  • Students can develop the ability to share.
  • Students may also demonstrate a mastery of language and certain theoretical content.
  • Students no longer need to use the notebook, the pens or pencils, effaceurs, rule ...
  • Students can demonstrate the spirit of synthesis.
  • Students can send messages.
  • Students may think the writing on various social issues.
  • Students can write collaboratively on a document from their respective devices.
  • The student can communicate his or her learning and experience (please information).

Degree of centrality of the activity

<image 5/5>

Business Writing is highly integrated into the curricula of french, mathematics and awareness first to fifth grade. Indeed, very few activities can not achieved without writing. Writing is the vehicle of thought, speech ... and transversal to all areas.

Application pédagogique 1

Write is to act

Level (s): 4th grade of primary

Knowledge: Text and sentence. Verb tense: past, present, future. The verb: infinitive and group.

Savoirfaire: The student must be able to produce written texts containing phrases whatsoever. Produce written texts in the past, future or present. Transforming verbs in a sentence giving their infinitive and their group.

History:

The teacher leads students to produce any sentences in a text, for example:

  • Students returning to class.
  • Mom install the machine.

Then the teacher invites students to transform a text consisting of past to present and the future and vice versa, for example: Yesterday, students arrived on time. Today, they work and they will return tomorrow.

Finally, the teacher asks students to give the infinitives in brackets of verbs of a text and their group, for example: they play in the playground (play 1st group).

Application pédagogique 2

Writing is to recognize

Level (s): 4th grade of primary

Knowledge: The breathing in humans. The lives of invertebrates: movement and nutrition.

Savoirfaire: Identify the different respiratory organs

History:

The teacher asks students to classify animals according to their mode and identify foods they consume.

1-Annotation of the respiratory organs of man.

The teacher will insert a picture of the respiratory organs of man and asked to students to annotate individual or group image. To do this, he must click on the Write activity is represented by a folded sheet top left. Then he will click on image and it will insert the image he wants.

2-classification in a table according to the invertebrates living environment, the method of displacement and the search of food consumed by each species.

This activity can also be done in groups or individually. The teacher will Table and click on the tables according to the number of columns and rows and ask students to fill this table.

Pedagogical application 3

Writing a text

Level (s): From the third to the fifth grade of primary

Knowledge: The portrait

Savoirfaire: Describing a place, an object, fact, a character or an animal

History:

The teacher asks students to describe an incident experienced during the holidays.

Then the teacher invites students to bring in a group, they can build collectively descriptive text in synchrony.

By working in the same document, students can share and share activities they have carried out during the holidays.

User's Guide to Writing activity:

Email this activity is found in the Home view. To access, click on Email icon (icon with the corner is folded in the top left with a pencil) with the button left (X) of the touchpad. <image Home view>

After clicking on this icon, the leaf appears, then you can write using the keyboard. <image Write screen>

When the Text tab is highlighted (as in the picture above), it is possible to change the size of the writing, the police, put in bold characters, the stress, to place them in italics and align the text. It is possible to modify a text by pressing the Edit tab, two arrows appear: one for Cancel, which tends to the left and another for Restored tends to the right (see illustration below). <image Edit tab toolbar>

It is also possible to make pictures by clicking the Table tab, some number of options appear, including the insertion of the table with the number of columns and lines that we want, insert a line, a column and their removal (see illustration below). <image Table tab toolbar>

To insert an image inside the text, simply click on the tab Image icon and then click Insert Image. Then, a window appears to select the image is in the Journal of the computer. To insert the image into the text, it Just click on the icon of the desired image. <image Image selection panel>

Read Activity

Activity Summary

Read The activity enables learners to read documents in PDF (Portable Document Format). It is therefore possible for a teacher to distribute to students many educational resources, books, electronic items found on the Internet. In the first year of primary education in Gabon, reading becomes fundamental. In practice, reading is a specific technique and pronunciation, understanding of words and texts, recognition and discovery of spelling words. Thus, reading is an appropriate means of appropriation of knowledge for the student. At the level of XO, reading contributes to the formation of the spirit of research.

Affordances of the activity

  • The student may consult any written materials and recorded in the log (the PDF documents therein).
  • The student may also read those on the USB key.
  • Reading can also be done collaboratively, in that the student may invite friends to see the same document it.
  • The Internet offers the opportunity to seek and find PDF documents relevant to educational activities.
  • The student can find a word in the text
  • The student can rotate the text, change size, enlarge characters, decrease or increase the brightness. The student performs these settings according to his needs in reading.

Degree of centrality of the activity

<image 5/5>

The diachronic aspect of writing gives the reading of paramount importance to the school. Read is a core activity. The XO as e-book allows students deepen their knowledge. The documents will be available depending on the level school students.

Application pédagogique 1

Level (s): 4th and 5th grade of primary

Knowledge: Search and read the texts containing information in the XO.

Savoirfaire: See the electronic book of XO to read texts in the heading 'understanding of texts "

History:

Sugar on the platform into the Journal to view the document author Jean de la Fontaine.

Application pédagogique 2

Level (s): From the 3rd to 5th grade.

Knowledge: Look for information on a topic. Use a dictionary.

Savoirfaire: Find relevant information around a concept on the Web. Use a citation.

History: Go with the Navigate Google search for PDF documents, read in light of needs. On a text to find a concept, a citation, or a word by clicking on Edit, introduce the concept or the beginning of the citation read.

Collaborative dyad when the reading is relative. Practice and learning to read, may be individual or collective. The student addresses the teacher or his classmates especially the pronunciation of certain words and intonation. Example, the pronunciation of the word "indigenous".

User Guide for the Reading:

Read The activity is to feature not displayed by default in the perspective Home. The activity is first and foremost a document Reader PDF (Portable Document Format). These documents are recorded in the Journal and may also be filed via a USB key.

You can access the Journal at any time in the frame. It is possible to make it appear at any time by moving the cursor across the screen, regardless of the view in which a user is located. The icon of the Journal is in the upper left of the frame. To open the Journal, click on its icon. <image Frame Journal panel>

Inside the Journal is all documents and activities of the student. For open a PDF document that is already in the Journal, just click on the icon of document. It will open automatically with the read. <image Journal view>

For recording in the Journal of a PDF document from external media, it Just follow the procedure available in the Getting Started in XO and the environment Sugar v8.2 on pages 12 and 13.

To save a document from the Internet, use the Browse. Once the document found on the web, it will click on the link to a arise in the header to inform the download is initiated, while providing the possibility to cancel or continue it. Subsequently the same header will provide the opportunity to show the Journal in the downloaded document. All documents downloaded the Internet is automatically recorded in the Journal. <image in Read (Introduction to Scratch)>

Click on a PDF document and read the will itself. <image in Read>

Click the Read tab to access the arrows used to change the page and navigate the document. <image Read toolbar advance button>

Click on Edit in order to search for words through the document and to copy the selected text. To select a portion of text the document, keep the left button and hold (X) while seservant the touchpad. Once the selected text, click the Copy icon so that it adds to your clipboard. This excerpt or quote can then be pasted in a research written with the Write activity.

To search for a word or phrase, simply write it in the top right of the screen. The arrows to scroll through all the query words in the document. <image Copy button in toolbar>

The last tab, View, allows you to change the display options of the document. Zoom in by clicking on the magnifying glass. The last icon allows you to view the document all over the screen. <image View tab toolbar>

Talk Activity

Activity Summary

It is an activity that gives students the opportunity to discuss with other students through the XO. The discussion is done through messages that you enter with the XO and is sent. Discussions can take place between two or more persons, the minimum of people required for this activity is two. Messages sent during a chat session are de facto available to all persons present in the discussion. Sending messages is done spontaneously. This activity may be used from the second year because it requires that the student can read and write. This communication tool can support collaborative work as it can allow the teacher to communicate with teachers in other classes.

Affordances of the activity

  • This activity would allow students of a certain class to communicate in writing with those of another class without them having to move.
  • Discuss the activity could be used by students to respond to a solicitation the teacher in the context of questions and answers.
  • It could in this context play a role and even replace the slate.
  • It could also promote interaction between students, but under the control of the teacher who could also interfere in the discussion.
  • The teacher could keep in touch with his class, even if the latter for some reason had to be away from his classroom.
  • It provides an opportunity for teachers to be able to converse with colleagues other class without having to travel.

Degree of centrality of the activity

<image 5/5>

This activity can be regarded as central in relation to the curricula of the 4th year primary school french. Indeed, the curriculum at this level focus on a number including skills, working behind the act of communication following the usual rules of the French language ...

Applications pédagogiques 1

Conjugation express

Level (s): From the 3rd to 5th grade of primary

Knowledge: Time verbs

Savoirfaire: Conjugate verbs in the simple future indicative and present conditional

History:

This activity can be used as an interface for the resolution of application exercises. It will allow the teacher to interact spontaneously and in real time with students in its progression, but also in the process of appropriating understanding and ownership of a course.

A teacher could use to realize the level of assimilation of rules of conjugation of its pupils.

Thus, the teacher starts the Talk offers a verb, a time and a way which the student must refer to perform the conjugation. Once the instructions given, each students through its XO offers solutions to the teacher.

If students were offered to combine the verb to eat in the future indicative in the first person singular, it should have read or at least I eat. But it may instead of as I eat (future indicative) I eat there is (conditional This) is not a right answer.

The teacher could then account for gaps and thus insist on a certain number of elements in the progression of his courses, including opportunities possible confusion with other times and insist on the pronunciation.

Application pédagogique 2

Collective construction of a project: The Orchard

Level (s): From Grade 1 to Grade 5

Knowledge: Plant species

Savoirfaire: Collaborate on a project.

History:

This application essentially turn on a collaborative work between students in order to build a collective project.

The teacher could ask students to verbally construct a project. This project would involve the creation of an orchard. Thus, the teacher could ask each student to make proposals on the plant species produce, on maintenance, but also on the management of the orchard.

The teacher will collect together the various proposals and with students to try it order in a collegial manner.

Some students will make proposals on crops to produce, on the other opportunities for maintenance and more on how to manage the orchard. The teacher collect the various proposals and according to their relevance or the will does will not, but students will know the reasons why some proposals not be accepted.

Pedagogical application 3

Translation Team

Level (s): 4 years

Knowledge: Vocabulary, language groups.

Savoirfaire: Translate texts in native languages.

History:

Like the second, third application also turn around a job collaboration between students, but this time for work. This application will require the setting up of several teams. This application would lead to essentially students to work together to make a translation job. Thus, the work will be divided so that each student has a part of the work to be done so individual, which individual will lead to a community so that the different parties on an individual subject to the various students are the subject of a community if we're to the analogy or metaphor of the chain link and that is, the individual links will be here and the setting common channel.

The teacher could use this application to translate a text in various languages spoken in Gabon. Training teams to follow, therefore belonging to a language group: the teams will be composed of members belonging to the same group language and it will have as many groups and linguistic groups. The work will be distributed within the various groups so that each member has a part of the text to translate. The second part of the work will require the presence of all group for the pooling of individual translations.

Guide to use the Talk:

This activity is in the Home view. To access, click on the icon Talk (it is represented by a bubble). <image Home view>

To discuss, we must first ensure that students are connected to the same network mesh, they are not, then select a network (among the 3 offered meshed networks) on which all students will connect. For the process of connecting to the network mesh, it is necessary to refer to pages 8 and 9 of the Guide to the initiation and XO Sugar v8.2 environment.

Once that is complete, return to the Talk, click Share with: My Neighborhood, and then return to the neighborhood view and click or those with whom one wishes to discuss. After this procedure, return to the page discussion, writing in the small space at the bottom of the screen once the message recorded press the Enter key on the keyboard to send the message.

NB: The number of people with whom you can discuss simultaneously is not determined. In addition, all those invited to a discussion session have facto access to the entire contents of the discussion.

Browse activity

Activity Summary

This activity enables students to explore the world via the XO, it allows browse the Internet when the XO is connected. It provides access to Web pages, access to educational materials, use several applications: engine research (Google, Wikipedia ...), video, audio content, etc.. This activity is aimed at all students who can already read and write, it could be open to students from the class of second year, even if initially they are accompanied.

Affordances of the activity

  • This activity enables students to connect to the Internet through a connection wireless. But to do so, it must have an access line.
  • The student can see, web pages, sites, undertake research, communicate with people far away, it can also watch videos, listen to sounds, download documents and even make purchases online.
  • This activity can also chat with other people who would themselves connected.
  • When this activity is shared with neighbors, it allows to share a discovery that may be made by a student.

Degree centrality

<image 5/5>

This activity can be considered taking into account central curriculum of awakening in 4th grade. Indeed, these curricula focus on developing knowledge, knowledge to scientists, but also on the empowerment of the student.

Application pédagogique 1

Creating a listing on the CEMAC

Level (s): 4th grade of primary

Knowledge: Spatial Information CEMAC countries

Savoirfaire: Locate the CEMAC countries on a map of Africa.

History:

This application turn around a collaborative work, but in team to arrive at work more developed.

The application could afford to undertake the creation of a prospectus that present the different countries of the CEMAC (Economic and Monetary Community of Central Africa). This prospectus presents a number of elements each country: geography, flag, area, capital, official language (s) population, President (e), date of independence, currency, telephone.

The work will be divided so that it is organized by team. Each team will be assigned a country of this area. After this step, each team will explore Internet so that each will find different information required for construction of the identity card of each country.

Once this team is finished, there will be the preparation of the prospectus by integrating the various identity cards of the country.

Application pédagogique 2

Cooperation between two schools

Level (s): From Grade 1 to Grade 5

Knowledge: The problem selected by teachers.

Savoirfaire: Cooperate.

History:

This application would allow students to share their experiences, but also their knowledge among themselves spontaneously in order to interact in real time, even if they do not live in the same country. It can also get in contact with a resource person for problem solving (school or extra school).

In the context of cooperation between two schools located in different countries, on could require two classes of each of these schools to prepare a presentation on a separate theme (culture, environment, etc..), and then to provide a simultaneously to audiences in both schools.

To do this, use applications to realize video-conferencing (Skype, etc.).. Once the technical configurations achieved, students begin their statement which is also followed by students in their countries but also in other countries, while providing opportunities for all who follow them to interact by asking questions, but also by making contributions.

Guide to use the Browse activity:

To start this activity, students will at first move in the perspective Neighborhood and click on the available network that appears on the screen (in the form of a circle, where connection to a server, this circle is surrounded by parentheses). For more details about how to connect to networks for access the Internet, please refer to the initiation of XO and the Sugar environment to V.8.2 pages 6 to 9. <image Neighborhood view>

Once completed and connected, it returns to the Home view, click on the icon Browse (represented by a globe). <image Home view> Once the open, students can begin to navigate and enter the site address they wish to visit in the address bar at the top of the screen and press the button Enter on the keyboard. To share his business, click on activity, then Share with: My Neighborhood.

Activity Speak

Activity Summary

Speak with the activity, the XO back the sound of letters, words, sentences, texts and the figures and numbers typed on the keyboard. Learners will use the Speak to become familiar with the pronunciation words, to teach numbers and letters, especially in first grade Primary Gabon, and to learn self correcting accents. This could facilitate the recognition of visual and hearing students in learning vowels, consonants and numbers. It would thus gain time in education.

Affordances of the activity

  • Speak returns the sounds of letters, words, sentences, texts as well as figures and numbers typed on the keyboard.
  • The student can control the language and appearance of the icon (eyes and mouth).
  • It can also control the speed in the pronunciation and the volume of the computer.

Degree of centrality of the activity

<image 5/5>

Speak is a core activity easily integrated into the curricula of primary Gabon in the first year. Indeed, this is where we learn to decipher letters, syllables words, figures and numbers.

Application pédagogique 1

Decoding of syllables and learning to read in first year

Level (s): 1st year of primary

Knowledge: The letters, syllables.

Savoirfaire: The reading of letters and syllables

History:

The teacher targets a consonant (m), written on the blackboard and asked the students to recognize, to tap the XO and support the Enter button. The computer returns a sound. The teacher asks students to repeat and read it. Secondly, it targets a vowel (a), the writing on the blackboard and asks students to the recognize on the keyboard, tap it on the XO and press Enter. The computer returns a sound that will be repeated and read by students. Third, the teacher asks students to type the consonant and vowel on the XO and press Enter. The the machine returns the sound of the syllable. For example, m + a = ma. Students will be able to easily recognize and decipher a syllable and learn to read.

Application pédagogique 2

Recognition of numbers from 0 to 20 and signs of three operations: +, × and ÷ in first and second years.

Level (s): 1st year and 2nd year of primary

Knowledge: The numbers from 0 to 20, addition and subtraction.

Savoirfaire: Read, count and count the numbers from 0 to 20. Calculate the amounts or differences less than or equal to 20.

History:

The teacher wrote the numbers on the blackboard, asks students to recognize the keyboard, typing and press Enter. The XO refers to the sound from the figure that will be repeated by students. For example, typing 0, they will hear "zero". This will enable them to recognize by sight and hearing the numbers. Thus, students learn easy to count and calculate. For the calculation, with the meaning of the signs that return the XO, students can ensure that the transaction is that fact that he was requested. This could help to overcome the errors of signs observed in activities in mathematics.

Pedagogical application 3

Improvement of the lexical spelling.

Level (s): 1st year of primary

Knowledge: Accents and punctuation

Savoirfaire: Identify punctuation and place the necessary emphasis in a text at least ten sentences.

History:

The teacher dictates a word, phrase or text. When the student finished, he types Enter. The computer returns to the sounds of words. Take for example the word "consequence". If forgot the accent on the "e", the XO will return to "consequence". At that time, students went account of his error and bring the necessary correction. Similarly, students can learn reading techniques respecting not only the punctuation, but also the diction of words. This will facilitate the work of teachers and students in learning to read of difficult words. If the student types such as "excess", the XO will give him the good pronunciation of the word and keep it. It will be able to read words similar. Finally, given that the XO is a pause after each punctuation mark, the student will not only distinguish but also respect them during playback. For example, Teacher asked to write the words "Mom goes to market she buys meat vegetables and fruits and type Enter. The XO return the text block. Then the teacher asked to put punctuation. "Mom goes to market. She buys meat, vegetables and fruit. " The XO plays with sentence breaks and intonations.

User Guide for Speak

To access the Speak activity in the XO, after opening the prospect Welcome, place the cursor on the icon represented by a mouth and two eyes. Three options appear: Run, Remove the favorite, and Delete. Click on Start by pressing the left button (X) of the touch pad to enter the business. Or to go quickly, click on the icon to enter the business. <image Home view>

In this activity, there are several tabs and icons on the screen. The Voice tab, allows you to change the language of communication. The tab allows you to adjust the face shape the mouth. Gives a simple mouth smaller and resembles that of humans. Waveform provides a wide mouth with ripples during playback. Frequency gives a wider mouth with oscillations. Moreover, the pattern of eyes may change. Provides round eyes and round glasses Glasses met with the icon. The texts written in the blank space at the bottom of the screen will be delivered by the voice of synthesis. The hook at the bottom right gives the directory of text written by the learner. <image Speak face>

Finally, the activity can be shared with the neighborhood ie with users connected network or in dyads and triads. Students will evaluate themselves, ie that they can dictate words and check all spelling and pronunciation. In calculating shape Thursday, a group could start the transaction in the XO, and another written response. They will develop the cooperative spirit. The procedure sharing activities with the neighborhood is described on pages 15 to 17 of the Introductory Guide XO and the Sugar environment V.8.2.

Activity Record

Activity Summary

Save The activity enables learners and teachers to record videos, sounds as well as take pictures. They can in this way create content teaching stuck to the local reality. The teacher can ask learners to movies, save the cries of animals in their immediate surroundings or take pictures of a landscape.

Affordances of the activity

  • The learner can record videos.
  • Students can take pictures.
  • Students can record sounds (bird song).
  • The child may share the record with the group class setting

common to different activities they have done individually.

Degree centrality

<image 5/5>

Save The activity fits in perfectly with the curriculum awakening 4th year primary, inasmuch as this activity allows the teacher and the learner better conduct the study of the environment based on images representing this community. This activity is consistent with a socioconstructionniste because it allows learners to take part in the construction tools (photographs, video and audio) essential to learning and that they are themselves users.

Application pédagogique 1

As part of an educational project, the teacher could invite learners to divide the tasks: one to handle the audio recording of the national anthem of Gabon, Concorde, some students will work to explain the flag while gabonais for others to document the geography of their neighborhood.

The Concorde

Level (s): 2nd year of primary

Knowledge: The Concorde.

Savoirfaire: Sing the chorus and first verse of the national anthem La Concorde.

History:

As stated in the curricula of awakening in the 2nd year the booklet indicates target situation the learner must know how to sing and skill to acquire is to perform properly the chorus and first verse of the Concorde. Students can register their service with the recording function to the Audio share with those around them.

Students may work with the Save out the maps, flags and landscapes obtained through the affordance photo, make descriptions and identification of a flag colors, forms of relief and border activities in accordance with curricula of arousal class of 4th grade.

Application pédagogique 2

Geographical Location of Gabon

Level (s): 4th grade of primary

Knowledge: The neighboring countries of Gabon

Savoirfaire: Locate and identify the borders of Gabon

History:

Affordance with picture taking, the teacher photography map of Central Africa in a manual. He created his own teaching materials. Then, he shared his shot with all students who study it.

The teacher invites students to identify countries and oceans bordering Gabon observing the teaching medium of the card in the Save.

NB. This observation would be guided step by step through a questionnaire on certain target elements such as: Central Africa, the four boundaries are the Atlantic, Cameroon, Equatorial Guinea, Congo.

He later that the teacher opens the pooling of elements response to obtain a written record.

Pedagogical application 3

Symbolism of the flag of Gabon

Level (s): 4th grade of primary

Knowledge: The flag of Gabon

Savoirfaire: Describe the flag of Gabon and explain the meaning of each color.

History:

Alone or in groups, students may make reports (photographic, video and audio) on The flag of Gabon. Thereafter, use these reports through an interaction with the group class. The use of such data stored in the Register will be guided developed by questioning by the teacher with his students.

Sample questions:

What does the flag of Gabon?

What are the colors that make up this flag of Gabon?

How do these bands of color are they willing?

These bands have the same size?

What does each of the three colors of the flag of Gabon?

Why have we chosen?

Make a summary of what has been done. Paying attention to the three colors, the form of three bands and their horizontal and meaning of each three colors.

Guide to use Activity Record

Save The activity takes place as follows: go to the Home and perspective select the Save by clicking on its icon (represented by an eye in a rectangle). <image Home view>

The video appears once the activity started, but the student has the choice between options Photo Video and Audio. <image Photo view>

Depending on the option chosen, students can either take pictures, record videos or record sounds. For video and audio, the student can determine how long recording menus defiant Timeout: and Time: located in the corner upper right corner of the screen.

For options, the registration is done by clicking on the icon represented by a disc with black dot at its center and which appears below the image on the screen. <image Record! button>

It is at the bottom of the screen that the achievements of the students appear. By placing the cursor on them and clicking the right mouse button (O), it is possible to remove the file activity or the Copy to pressepapier to include a text in the activity Writing or other activities that give the opportunity. The i in the corner registration allows the student to see the file date and enable it to give an appropriate title. <image photo> <image photo properties panel>

All records are also available in the Journal.

Share with the activity record with the neighborhood (along the procedure for sharing the activities described on pages 15 to 17 of Getting Started in XO and the Sugar environment V.8.2.), other students will receive their registration Colleagues at the bottom of their screen a few seconds after they are completed.

Draw Activity

Activity Summary

The XO helps students make a drawing from the range of tools: the pencil, brush, eraser, seal, grid Draw ... The activity helps students to shape its design, ie it happen.

With the draw, the big advantage is that the teacher can easily make documentary montages: make a video, take photographs of everything, to explore web, etc..

Affordances of the activity

Draw activity in the XO, highlights the following affordances:

  • The student can make a drawing.
  • The student can color (the learner can have access to different colors in the entry forms or effects).
  • The student may accompany his drawing of a text.
  • Students can resize (by Quadrille, while using the height and width).
  • The student may modify his design, fix it, delete it.
  • The student can insert an image.
  • The student may give direction to the drawing (in the Images section, students can reorient its design by turning left or right).
  • In the Forms section, the learner has a predetermined geometric figures (ellipse, rectangle, polygon, heart, parallelogram, arrow, star, trapezoid, triangle) and it has a line to enable it to carry out all the forms filled in outside the circle.
  • The student can also share with his peers by showing them his design by example, and they can give their opinions, see correct, when this mesh network.

Degree of centrality of the activity

<image 5/5>

Draw activity proposed by the XO, is directly integrated into the curriculum of 4th years primary Enlightenment. Indeed, this activity is included in the tier 1: after the fourth week, students must already be able to draw an object of observation. This knowledge is reinforced in the level 3 to 14th and 16th weeks during which the learner must climb a step higher in developing original works from the landscape.

Application pédagogique 1

Making a drawing of your choice.

Level (s): 4th grade of primary

Knowledge: Making a design observer

Savoirfaire: Being able to illustrate a still life.

History:

Suggested activities, the work must be original. With the Draw students draw a landscape with the tools at their disposal. Each student in landscape Identify the elements represented in french language and through the insertion of text. Thus, each exhibiting its landscape, to discover others new expressions and languages. <image landscape>

Application pédagogique 2

Making a map of Gabon

Level (s): 4th grade of primary Knowledge: The student must be able to present the map of agriculture: a background card that is offered, students will put the agricultural products of each Province of Gabon.

Savoirfaire: Making a map and identify the agricultural products from each province Gabon. History: The teacher will first nine groups with the mission of each will be represented on a map, the main agricultural products in each province. It can draw symbols representing the products in question, while the explanation in a caption.

After the whole, development of a final map within the major products agriculture in each province (main storage). <image Gabon map>

Pedagogical application 3

AIDS

Level (s): Grade 5 Knowledge: Students can build their knowledge on the causes, manifestations and treatment.

Knowhow: Making a poster advertising awareness.

History: Students are placed in group 6. They aim to educate the population identifying the causes, manifestations and treatment of disease. In the late peer reviews, an advertising poster, which is the accession of all, will be proposed the school administration for a wide dissemination.

The manual of the Draw

Step 1: Implementation of a design

Select the Draw to view Home. <image Home view>

The page that opens presents tools for drawing (pencil, brush, brush, a seal, a range of colors, an eraser). Select the pen: it is positioned on the sheet that was opened on the screen. <image toolbar crayon>

Click with the left button (X) and press and hold to make traits. Make the pen to move the mouse to achieve a design. In case of error in the drawing, select the eraser by clicking on the drawing that the represents, it is positioned directly on the sheet. <image toolbar eraser>

By the same principle as the design: keep the left button (X) key, using the mouse, move the gum do what needs to be erased. Use the gum as if it was real.

To continue drawing, click on the pencil. Once the drawing, go to Step coloring.

Step 2: Coloring

First determine the desired color. To do this, click the first icon: Color the tool. To the right of it is a square which informs the color tools. A window will open with different colors in the form of a circle with the inside a triangle. <image color choser>

To choose a color, click the triangle and position the cursor on that color, that appears in the small rectangle below the circle of color. Intensify or reduce degree by using the triangle. You have to click OK once the selection completed.

Calculate Activity

Activity Summary

The activity calculation is a calculator. The student can calculate using numbers and signs. In calculating it recognizes numbers, puts them in a distinctive way before and / or According to the mathematical signs to perform different types as add, subtract, multiply and divide.

Affordances of the activity

  • The student can add, subtract, multiply or divide numbers or numbers.
  • Students can make all kinds of divisions (between numbers of fractions).
  • The student can add fractions with the same denominator.
  • Students can multiply decimal numbers by 10, 100, 1000.
  • Students can calculate the percentages.
  • Students can calculate problems in situations involving addition, subtraction, multiplication or division.
  • Students can share their findings with a classmate of the class through the XO.
  • The teacher will save time and be able to quickly appease conflict cognitive that may generate some results.

Degree of centrality of the activity

<image 5/5>

Calculate activity is very central to all mathematical tasks students from the class of the preparatory first year of primary school. Arrived in fourth grade, students will be able to ask operations to add, subtract, multiply and divide, to perform various calculations, or to solve problem situations in mathematics.

From the fourth year, the event will calculate the teacher to see if students know how to use mathematical tools and their correct answers.

Application pédagogique 1

Level (s): 4th grade of primary

Knowledge: Addition of numbers from 0 to 10000

Savoirfaire: Calculate in situations problems, are numbers from 0 to 9999.

History:

Suggested Activities: Reading and analysis of statements of problems involving additions. (eg Add the following numbers: 11 and 43, 13 and 67, 45 and 87).

After clicking the icon appearing Calculate the prospect of Home XO, the student recognizes the numbers and select using the mouse or keyboard. It raises its operation on the computer screen and tap the enter key to get display result.

Collaboration dyad:

After making its calculation, the dyad share his results with another dyad by Discuss the activity. Example:

Dyad 1, we find 11 + 43 = 54 and you?

Dyad 2: we find 43 + 11 = 54.

Dyad 1: It's funny we have the same result, but we have not put the operation in the same order.

Dyad 1: Yes, it's just because in addition, order numbers and figures is not significant, the result is always the same because the addition is commutative.

Through this exercise, the teacher can help students understand the concept of commutativity of addition for example.

Application pédagogique 2

Level (s): 4th grade of primary

Knowledge: The soustration numbers from 0 to 10000; The multiplication by 2, 3, 4 and 9 .... numbers from 0 to 10000.

Savoirfaire: Calculate in problem situations, differences and products numbers ranging from 0 to 9999.

History:

Invention and analysis by students in problem situations involving subtract and multiply by 2.3 ... 9 numbers from 0 to 10000 Example: Mom gives Makaya to 100 francs for pocket money this week, he bought candy for 75 francs. How it is there? Eg a box of eggs contains 6 eggs. How many has he 7 eggs in cartons of 8 boxes each.

Students organized dyad perform subtraction through the calculator XO by putting the correct numbers and numbers with the mathematical sign. Then, in tapping the Enter key, they will get the result of their operation.

Collaboration dyad:

Dyad 1: To solve the problem, we pose the following subtraction: 100 - 75 = 25. And you?

Dyad 2: To solve the problem, we found the operation: 75 - 100 = -25; We do not understand why the calculator we place the sign (-) before the number 7, then that we are in the subtraction of integers.

Dyad 1: Because you put your evil operation. In the subtraction natural, most are still before the minus sign (-), since the subtraction is not commutative.

Dyad collaboration allows students to share their results. Replies generate different cognitive and sociocognitive conflict, allowing the discussion with Close to formulate the issues of personalized learning to better ownership of knowledge. The use of the calculator through the XO, can check its own results.

Guide to use the Calculate

To access, place the cursor Calculate the icon (represented by the pictogram of a calculator). <image Home view>

Click Start to use the calculator. To perform operations that are in connection with the problem, use the buttons on the calculator on the screen or those keys to make the mathematical operation.

<image Calculator> The Enter key gives the answer once the transaction is asked. Equations and their history will appear in the white square on the left hand side of the screen.

Activity Ruler

Activity Summary

The activity Ruler offers a collection of metric tools that can be printed or used directly on the screen. The student can make the geometry through measurement of length, angles and calculations of areas and perimeters. The teacher may need to print rules, rapporteurs (half circle), leaves and leaf grid millimeter.

Affordances of the activity

  • Students can measure the length of an object (pen, pencil, phone portable).
  • Students can measure an angle formed by two rods for example.
  • Students can calculate the areas of squares, rectangles on a grid.
  • Students can use grid sheets to make plans and draw graphics.

Degree of centrality of the activity

<image 5/5>

Measuring length and angles, the calculation of areas and perimeters of squares and rectangles are skills required for students in the fourth grade. The use Ruler of the activity presents a high degree of centrality.

Application pédagogique 1

Measuring length and angles

Level (s): 4th grade of primary

Knowledge: The perimeter of a shape or object and the angle.

Savoirfaire: Calculate the perimeter and measure the angle.

History:

The teacher asks students to launch the Ruler and select the first frame. With the rule that is on their screen, they must measure the lengths of small objects in front of them.

He asked them to select the second view and use the rapporteur at screen for measuring angles formed by two rods, two pens.

Application pédagogique 2

Discover formulas perimeter and area, use these formulas to make calculations

Level (s): 4th grade of primary

Knowledge: The perimeter and area

Savoirfaire: Making the calculations of perimeter and area

History:

Students are invited to start the activity Ruler, click on the tab and select Ruler the third tool.

<image Ruler grid> On this grid, they must identify a square and discover the formula for the perimeter of this square by counting the number of subdivisions on each side. They will then identify Other squares in which they will calculate the perimeter using the formula found.

On this grid, they must also identify a rectangle and find the formula for the perimeter of this rectangle by counting the number of subdivisions on each side. They will then identify other rectangles which they will calculate the perimeter using the formula discovery.

The second phase is to identify on a square grid and calculate its area in counting the number of small squares that are inside the square. The child discovers Thus the formula for the area of the square. With this formula, students will identify other squares and calculate their areas.

They will take the same approach to discover the formula for the area of a rectangle and use the same formula to calculate the areas identified other rectangles.

User Guide of the Ruler

You can access the Ruler by clicking on the icon of a rule in the run home. <image Home view>

Once in the activity, click on the Ruler to display the different tools measure available. <image Ruler toolbar>

Changing the tools by clicking on the icons shown above.

It is possible for the teacher to print these tools by making a catch screen by pressing the keys 1 Atl simultaneously. The screenshot will appear in the Journal. It is therefore possible for the teacher to put it on a USB key, to transfer the file to a computer linked to a printer and to print.

Memorize Activity

Activity Summary

The student must keep the knowledge. Remember The activity allows students to practice mathematical operations by combining their results, and capital letters tiny, and so on. This activity can be done individually or in groups, as a game

The student can recognize the words he has never learned and can learn to write and pronounce. So Remember that the activity may lead to their learning meanings and how to use them. Students as teachers can create educational activities of their memory.

Affordances of the activity

  • Develop visual and auditory memory. The student will have to find a addition, a letter or a musical instrument and sound that accompanies it and memory.
  • Students can learn to read and write the new letters and the power made.
  • Students can learn the meaning and use of new words.
  • It can quickly add up mentally and operations.
  • The student can play with other students.
  • Students can learn the social knowledge (skills, know-how, become).
  • Students can keep recording community knowledge and be able to apply.
  • Students may remember, remember the social achievements.
  • The student is able to methodically establish, by its repetition in memory learning.

Degree of centrality of the activity

<image 5/5>

Memorization is highly integrated into the curriculum and particularly in primary education which the young learner has not yet acquired the ability development of synthesis. In the curricula of primary evaluation is generally based on the ability to memorize, ie to store, retain the knowledge acquired earlier. It is in this business to grow recall, reminiscence of the acquis.

Application pédagogique 1

Memorize it is to recall or remember

Level (s): From the 1st to 3rd grade of primary

Knowledge: The numbers from 0 to 99, addition without deferral of numbers from 0 to 99

Savoirfaire: Write, read, decompose, recompose, compare the numbers from 0 to 99. Inventing statements of problems involving additive free report.

History:

  1. Reading and Writing numbers in words, eg read the number 20 written in letters a leaf.
  2. Invention and analysis by students in problem situations involving additions without report.

The teacher will go to the Save by clicking the icon is represented by a grid square of three horizontal and three vertical squares. Once the activity is offered, the teacher will ask students to click on a square to keep the figure appears, read it aloud and write it.

Application pédagogique 2

Memorize to keep it or keep

Level (s): 4th and 5th grade of primary

Knowledge: The numbers from 0 to 99, the report added without numbers

Savoirfaire: Quickly calculate the sums of the numbers from 0 to 99

History:

The teacher will ask students to click on a square in the upper part of the grid and asked to memorize the sum that appears, then the students will click the bottom of the grid to find the result of the addition. The student scores a point when it comes to match the addition and its outcome.

Guide to use the Save

Remember this activity is found in the Home view. To access, click Remember the icon with the left button (X) of the touchpad. <image Home view>

After clicking on this icon, the grid appears, you can click a square in the upper part of the grid and store the sum, then click on a square in the part of the bottom of the grid to find the result of the problem proposed in the square from the top that has been previously selected.

<image Memorize view>

When the result does not correspond to the addition, the sum and the result disappear. While when we have a good answer to the sum and the result are displayed the screen that mark the points in the student's name.

<image Memorize view2>

You can change the figures or data literate sound by pressing Service Charge on parties demonstrations placed above the grid. There is possibility of widening the scope of the grid by clicking on the box dimensions 4 X 4.

<image grid size selector>

Indeed, the Create tab leaves an opportunity for teachers and students to create as many games possible. While respecting the principle of combining two elements, the games can take several forms (involving a word and its opposite, set of words Genre different words in language and in french, etc..)

<image Activity editing>

To save the parties created, click the Save icon third party. They will be recorded in the Journal and will be accessible through the bar top by clicking the second icon on the Charger.

Distance Activity

Activity Summary

This activity is used to compute the distance between two computers.

Students can measure distances to evaluate intervals between two points in school with the little green XO computer. Students organized in dyads should be placed so that the sound emitted simultaneously by each of the computers can be levied by the other so that the measured distance can be assessed.

With a combination of activities, it is possible that the students use simultaneously and the Draw Distance.

Affordances of the activity

  • Students can measure the length to go to get from one point to another.
  • Students can measure the perimeter of the classroom.
  • Students can measure the distance to make a course in Education physical and sports (EPS) for example.
  • Students may draw together and assess the distance between two drawings.

Degree of centrality of the activity

<image 5/5>

According to the curriculum of the fourth grade, the distance may be Central to the main concepts of teaching / learning characteristics to this grade level. The measured distances can then be used to calculate an area where a surface for example. The concepts distance measures have their place in mathematics, in the section of the geometry.

Before the fourth year in Éveil 2nd year, and Draw Distance can be combined and become central when spatio-temporal structure.

Application pédagogique 1

Level of study: 4th year

Knowledge: The perimeter and the half-perimeter of the rectangle

Savoirfaire: Measure or calculate problems in situations on the perimeter and demipérimètre Rectangle

History:

Reading and analysis of statements of problems involving the calculation of perimeter and half-perimeter of rectangular figures. (Eg the internal perimeter of the classroom to using the XO).

Statement: Identify the lengths and widths of the class, and measure distances by means of XO.

The teacher can arrange the class into dyads. Two different dyads, each with an XO computer, identifies a length and a width of the classroom, and carries through the measure of the distance. Each side of the class is measured using the XO.

Both XO network engaged in the give a distance measure similar to a rule calibrated accurately.

Students could then use these measurements to calculate the perimeter of the classroom.

Collaboration in dyads:

After displaying the remote computer screens, students share viewing results and agree to the distance restraint.

Application pédagogique 2

Level (s): 3rd grade of primary

Knowledge: Metric, straight line

Savoirfaire: Measure and compare several segments of existing right the environment in the home, in the classroom, in the schoolyard.

History:

Statement: Identify the distance measure, determine using the XO as provided by the protocol to use. Compare distances obtained on the computer screen and record the distances obtained in the Journal by naming them.

Application:

For example: the door of the class A, at the door of Class B: 10.11 meters.

Measurements in the schoolyard can be plotted on the plan the school by pupils.

Collaboration in dyads:

Dyads distances are displayed on the screens of XO and agree to the actual distance.

NB: Through this activity, teachers can help students develop skills to measure distances with the XO.

Pedagogical application 3

Level of study: 2nd year of primary

Knowledge": spatio-temporal structure: in front, behind, before, ... next to, far, near, around.

Savoirfaire: Draw and / or identify an object in relation to another, or a student.

History:

Simulation of role play where one student gives orders to another student using the terms: before, after, on ... near, far, after, for example around

User Guide of the Distance

As a first step, it will ensure that the XO is connected to the same network meshed. To do this, see pages 8 and 9 of the Guide to the initiation and XO Sugar environment V.8.2. In the Home view, begin the activity by clicking the icon representing a dolphin.

<image Home view>

In the box Share with: select my neighborhood. Follow one of sharing procedures described on pages 16 and 17 of Getting Started in XO and Sugar environment V.8.2. The two connected XO activity can begin. Click Start far away.

<image Distance screen>

It is therefore the position of XO computers one side to another. Computers emit in turn a sound wave that can measure the distance between the two screens. This will be displayed on the screen. Ideally, the XO should be placed on the ground without any obstacles obstructing the sound emitted by the devices. Note that weather can also influence the measure. Therefore Atmosphere tab allows the student to enter the variables of temperature and humidity on so that the measures are as accurate as possible.

<image Atmosphere toolbar>

Activity Measure

Activity Summary

Measuring this activity helps students explore the physical world, it allows us to see different variations of a sound (frequency, amplitude, etc..) using the microphone XO. The student can have a visual representation of a wave as well as learn concepts related: the frequency, amplitude, time, etc.. This activity can be used during the course of primary education, and since the first year.

Affordances of the activity

  • The student can view a graphical representation of the wave produced by sound.
  • Students can record over a period of time that the wave generated.
  • Students may be required to differentiate the sound of a tone.
  • It can classify the sounds according to their kind.
  • Students can measure the amplitude of a sound.
  • Students can measure the frequency of a wave.
  • The student can compare the sound with his classmates.

The activity measurement also presents a number of affordances such as measuring the voltage of a current or observe these currents on the screen as you would with a oscilloscope, which can be developed as required curriculum. A list of possibilities and specifications for construction of the different probes are available at Next: # http://wiki.laptop.org/go/Measure Projects_and_Activities_Index. Only this resource is available in English and requires skills in of electricity. For the use of probes and tools (thermometer, pH indicator, indicator of the turbidity of a liquid indicator of the conductivity of a liquid, etc..) software were designed specifically for the XO. For more information, visit the Vernier to the following address: http://www.vernier.com/netbooks/olpc.html

Degree of centrality of the activity

<image 3/5>

This activity in terms of curricula for the 4th year of primary education can be regarded as device. At the central level, it could be placed at level 3. Because if it does is really not the primary curriculum, it enables students to explore domains other than those prescribed and develop curiosity and promote its spirit of discovery.

Application pédagogique 1

Exploration and comparison of sounds

Level (s): 4th to 5th grade of primary

Knowledge: The CW

Savoirfaire: Explore the sounds in their physical dimension.

History:

Through the feature that allows you to record sound, the teacher and students could save a number of sounds to form a kind of sound database.

Once the database set up (the sounds come from both the everyday environment, as everywhere else) students proceed to comparisons to determine which sounds are the highest, lowest, most acute, the most serious differentiate waves and sound, see the frequency and amplitude, etc..

User Guide for the Measurement

To start this activity, click the Measure icon is in the perspective Home XO (it is represented by a screen where we see a curve).

<image Home view>

Once in the business, we have a number of features, so we can amplitude control (visual) by extending or shortening.

<image >

The microphone can record sounds is de facto running as soon as we began on the Measure. There is an icon that lets you start recording sound (at the top of the screen on the far right) and another that allows you to control when recording (it can be done immediately or can be programmed in a time interval determined). Sound option allows you to see sounds, but also be recorded, while the option Sensors can measure the voltage of a current, but also see it on the screen. Like all activities, to share his business, click on the Activity tab, and then click Share with: My neighborhood, and follow the procedure for sharing on pages 15 to 17 of Getting Started in XO and the environment Sugar V.8.2.

Activity Scratch

Activity Summary

Scratch The activity allows students to make the programming object, ie of make programs and games with ease. Also, in this rich graphical environment, students can locate in space, identifying and placing objects in relation to a landmark. It can also compare packages through their cardinal (number of elements). These activities are for students of all levels depending on the complexity of the task at hand.

With a combination of activities, it is possible that the students use simultaneously the Draw Distance and Scratch.

Affordances of the activity

  • The student can make the programming object.
  • Students can create simple programs and designing video games.
  • Students can program the movement of characters within a graphical environment.
  • Students can design avatars (characters or objects)
  • The student can position the objects within an environment.
  • The student may also place or draw, placing an object near or far from and appreciate the distance between two drawings.
  • The student can identify objects placed on or under a given benchmark.
  • Students may place an object on or under a given benchmark.
  • Students may place an object above or below a given benchmark.
  • The student can identify the internal and / or outside of an object or a space.
  • Students may place an object within and / or outside of another.
  • Students can compare sets by matching term by term (without count) to highlight the concepts provided that, unless more than.
  • Students can compare their answers with those of its peers.
  • The student may be assisted by his peers or by the teacher.

Degree of centrality of the activity

<image 5/5>

Scratch The activity helps students to achieve the know-how relating to affordances above, has a very high degree of centrality. By Therefore, its use can be recommended in the implementation of curricula primary. Indeed, in the 3rd year Awakening, Draw Distance and Scracth may be combined and become central when spatio-temporal structure.

The interest for the teacher to work on the XO is justified by several reasons. Scratch scenes are closer to the reality that the designs of the book because the mobility of objects in them. In the manual first year of primary education, on asks the children to draw objects over, under, above, below, beside, etc.. This can be problematic for those who can not draw. Scratch on avoiding this difficulty because they have to move objects that already exist, in case of error, the student has nothing to erase, it is sufficient to correct by moving the object.

Application pédagogique 1

Lie within the space

Level (s): 1st year of primary

Knowledge: The terms: over, under, above, below.

Savoirfaire: Locate in space by ID or by placing an object on or under, above or below a given benchmark. Solve problems involving significant involves the spatial structure.

History:

The teacher provides students with a scene in which there is a trampoline, a cat and a balloon. The ball is placed on the trampoline and there is a cat under the trampoline. In addition to find a girl whose arms are raised and legs apart completely the horizontal below it is a balloon.

Students are required to identify the position of the ball and the cat in relation to trampoline. They are also asked to identify the position of the ball compared to the young daughter. The teacher expects the students to be able to answer that:

  • The ball is on the trampoline;
  • The ball is above the trampoline;
  • The cat is under the trampoline;
  • The ball is below the girl;

The teacher provides a second stage in which there is the young girl and a ball. The student must place the ball over, under, above, below the girl.

Application pédagogique 2

Inside or outside

Level (s): 1st year of primary

Knowledge: The terms: inside, outside.

Savoirfaire: Locate an object inside or outside a package. Resolve significant problems involving spatial structure.

History:

The teacher provides a scene where a fruit basket and some of which are located in the shopping basket and others outside of the basket. The student must identify those within and those who are outside.

It asks students to move two objects from the interior to the exterior of the basket.

Pedagogical application 3

Sets

Level (s): 1st year of primary

Knowledge: The terms provided that, unless and more than.

Savoirfaire: Compare sets of objects. Solve problems involving significant involve the comparison of ensembles.

History:

The teacher provides a scene where there are four circles representing four forest within which there are animals.

Students should compare the forest and say what is that all animals that another one with the fewer animals than the others, that more animals than the others.

The master is expected that students compare sets by correspondence animal by animal.

To carry out its educational applications, the teacher may:

  • Construct the scene on the XO;
  • The students sent to the grid;
  • Enable students to describe and comment on the scene;

Orally-ask the first question (identification of objects relative to a benchmark);

  • Allow students time to answer them individually;
  • Allow students time to share, to seek help;
  • How the whole class;
  • Repeat the same procedure for other questions.

User Guide of the Scratch

Click on the Scratch From Home view XO.

<image Home view>

Click on Choose a new pixie from a file, 4 costume categories (illustrations) appear (animals, fantasy, people, things).

<image Scratch home>

Double-click on Things, objects appear;

<image folder selection popup>

Move the cursor over the selected object (such as the trampoline), click on it, and then validate OK. The trampoline will appear on the scene.

<image Things>

Repeat for other objects. Once on the scene, the objects can be placed according to the intentions of learning using drag and drop (hold the left button (X) is pressed while used the touchpad).

NB The activity Scratch is extremely rich and complex. It thus lends itself to a large variety of educational applications. For more information on Scratch and its affordances programming subject visit the Web: http://squeaki.recitmst.qc.ca/wakka.php?wiki=ScratchInitiation/v

Moon Activity

Activity Summary

The task of the learner would be to observe the object that appears on the screen of the activity Moon of the XO. The learner has access to a wealth of information on the Moon, by real time. Note that this activity can be used to better understand several concepts related to the planet Earth. The learner can do activities on the image manipulation in the XO as a metaphor for earth, and to make multiple uses. It may use a grid with coordinates.

Through this activity, learners can learn and build an active understanding of several concepts such as "of the spherical Earth," the location from one point to the Earth's surface and the rotation of the Earth and its consequences daily (including the succession of day and night). The activity has a strong Moon capacity suggestive action that teachers can use in the course of Enlightenment. This metaphor of the Earth is extremely relevant and original and could be further substantiated in the educational applications outside of those we propose here. Among other things, it allows the learner to observe phenomena that he often described in abstract and theoretical and thus the testing of a theoretical knowledge learned. It allows many other learning and discoveries including scientific information about the behavior of the Moon. These regularly updated information are clearly shown in the legend of margin to the left of the metaphor.

Affordances of the activity

  • The student has access to real-time information on the Moon (phases, visibility the surface, the next lunar eclipse, the next solar eclipse)
  • The activity can also be used as course material in different ways "Earth" because it can be used to learning about the concept of "spherical of the earth. "
  • Students can also use this medium to a teaching on the learning "Locating a point on the surface of the Earth using the grid coordinates geography.
  • The student can change the face of the moon and then be led to understand the concept rotation of the Moon and Earth.

Social Affordances:

It could bring together learners each to his XO in case the neighborhood grid would be impossible as we have just seen. In this case, interactivity happen in the form of an exchange (driven by a possible questionnaire) between learners using the XO as eBook.

Degree of centrality of the activity

<image 5/5>

The integration of the Moon with the curriculum is perfect, and meshes well with the content description and location point on the surface of the Earth as it appears in the curricula Enlightenment for the 4th year of primary education and basic Gabon (the disciplinary field 2: the study of mid-location of Gabon). This activity can be adapted to other educational situations involving different levels of primary and the needs and capacities of teachers, each according to the realities of context of work.

Application pédagogique 1

The earth, a planet round

Level (s): 4th grade of primary

Knowledge: The spherical Earth

Savoirfaire: Explaining his comments by the shape of the Earth.

History:

Using the representation of the moon in the activity, the teacher invites students to comments. The face is illuminated which is the side of the sun, the face is shaded that is not exposed to direct sunlight. By turning the world on this successively the different faces of the earth to the sun: the succession of day and the night.

Based on the questionnaire, learners observe the educational support

Questions to guide the observation of the shape of the object:

What is the shape of this item?

What does this object mean to you?

What can you conclude about the shape of the planet Earth?

The teacher then asked students to make a co-production written in phrases simple by using the Write XO (say what is the shape of the Earth).

Application pédagogique 2

The movements of the Earth and Moon

Level (s): 4th grade of primary

Knowledge: The movement of rotation of the Earth and its consequences.

Savoirfaire: Define the movement and present its main consequence.

History:

Activity of the learner

  • Free observation of the object of the Moon XO.
  • XO-handling: pointer on the icon Change hemisphere and click left (X)

Questions to guide the observation:

How does the earth every time we click on the button (movement)?

What changes the aspect of the world whenever it is rotated? (The displacement of the shadow accompanies the rotational movement of the Earth)

What you see on the gray area and the clear zone whenever the Earth running?

What does each of you for clear and shaded areas? (The day and night).

Pedagogical application 3

How to locate?

Level (s): Grade 5

Knowledge: Geographic coordinates, latitude, longitude and the cardinal points.

Savoirfaire: Locate a point and give guidance to help coordinate geographical areas of latitude and longitude points (N-S-E-O).

History:

Activity of the learner:

Using the grid in the Class Moon makes an observation tour of the grid questions.

What information appearing on the top and bottom of the globe and which names does one give to these points?

How many types of lines you see on the globe and what each of them?

With the help of document grid, tell what the following terms:

Move longitude?

Move in latitude?

Activity final synthesis: Design of collaborative writing based on the different responses during the exchange or sharing. These students say what used to locate a point in space as well as for travel.

User Guide of the Moon

Go on-screen list of the activities of XO to the Home view, locate the Moon represented by an icon of the moon. Point the cursor on this icon gently rolling the finger on the touch pad corresponding to the rectangle of the environment. Launch activity clicking with the left button (X), the tab Start to start the Moon.

<image Home view>

A representation of the Moon will appear as well as several real-time information.

<image Moon>

By clicking on the View tab, two icons appear, one sign of a grid and the other that of a globe with an arrow. To change the order, ie of affordance, it Simply click on one of the icons.

<image View tab>

The grid view shows the parallels and meridians (benchmarks map) necessary to locate a point on the surface of the Earth.

<image Moon with grid>

To rotate the globe (rotation), simply click on the icon of the Moon Change Hemisphere view, above view, as many times as you want to rotate the globe.

<image Moon southern hemisphere view>

To leave one of the two views (the grid or rotating globe), click on the icon and successive elements appear then disappear.

Activity Implode

Activity Summary

Implode activity is a game of logic supports the community of learners in which brings the child to destroy a structure of blocks by grouping them by color and making them explode or disappear from the screen.

With this activity the teacher will nurture the spirit of logic of students in situations problems. Students will not use color pencils but recognize colors easily. Affordances of the activity

  • The student can move the blocks to match the colors according to the destroy
  • The student can control the level of play, the recovery after a failure or a first new configuration.
  • The Game tab provides more information on the game and its level: New, Undo, Redo, Easy, Medium and Difficult.
  • The activity can be done individually, in dyads or triads and share with the neighborhood. Students can share the activity. They will train for become resource persons (those who are doing very well in the game), for help others in difficulty depending on the level of play Students and develop the spirit of the community instead of the competitive spirit in vogue in attitude of Gabonese student.

Degree of centrality of the activity

<image 5/5>

Implode activity can be placed at level 5, because it is an easy to integrate in the mathematics curriculum the first year to train and represent sets according to various criteria: nature, shapes and colors and build collections Objects from 1 to 3 elements.

Application pédagogique 1

Blend colors and introduction to the operations of addition and subtraction in first year with the easy level. Level (s): 1st year of primary

Knowledge: The overall concept, the addition and subtraction

Savoirfaire: Train sets by color

History:

The teacher may ask students to identify different colors on the screen by example green, yellow, red, blue and orange. Then it will ask students to click on a set from three small squares of the same color. Students seen the disappearance of the tiles after clicking on the whole. The teacher Ask students what happened. Students will notice that the group tile was removed from the screen. Thus, the teacher may illustrate the operations of addition and subtraction through this activity. For example, 1 and 2 is red join is add or add. A set of red disappears from the screen is removed, delete or remove.

Application pédagogique 2

Level (s): From 2nd to 5th grade of primary

Knowledge: The overall concept, the addition and subtraction

Savoirfaire: Cultivating a taste for effort among students with medium and difficult levels.

History:

Indeed, at each level of play, the student can be led to it. The fun of the activity will encourage it to start again until he wins. If the teacher asks students to consider the activity as a problem to solve, depending on the level of the learner and the game, they can say, for example, to subtract only the color orange. The student who succeeds in doing so solved the problem. Otherwise, it repeat the activity to obtain the desired result. The teacher can transpose the effort during the game to solve problems in mathematics for example.

NB: This application is not included in the curriculum. However, it has educational benefits that teachers and students could take into account all fields (and french enlightenment) to resolve the problems.

User Guide for the Implode

To access the Implode activity in the XO, after opening, with a view Welcome, place the cursor on the icon represented by small green squares.

<image Home view>

Three options appear: Run, Remove the favorite, and Delete. Click Start by pressing the left button (represented by X) of the touch pad to enter activity. To go faster, click on the icon to enter the business.

<image Game>

Click on the tab for the main Game commands The star of the game is to start a new game, the two triangles pointing left can again at the very beginning, the arrow pointing left to return a stroke back, while the arrow pointing to the right restored the coup canceled. The three gates shown in this menu allow you to change the level of play from left to right, the levels are easier to more difficult.

<image Game toolbar>

To play, click groups of three or more blocks of the same color. In positioning your cursor on them, they will highlight.

Activity Mini-Tam Tam

Activity Summary

The student can make or play music in a fun way. It is a simple starting point for the child to learn through exploration of the key songs, some sounds musical instruments, the cries of certain animals and the noise that some objects when they fall or bump against another object. The learner can become familiar with the role of percussion, the beats per measure, the complexity of the beat, the tempo and volume.

This activity allows the child to differentiate or to standardize the sounds in order to build a musical sequence.

Affordances of the activity

  • The student can identify the sounds
  • The student can distinguish the sounds of musical instruments, Animals, humans and objects (doors, trash ...)
  • The student can control the tempo
  • It may increase or decrease the speed of the tempo
  • Students can measure the beat sounds and the possibility of the complex.
  • It can combine sounds to get the rhythms he wants
  • Students can recognize and imitate the sounds of the living environment
  • The student may, with this activity, communicate or announce to the sound of a tam-tam new.

Degree of centrality of the activity

<image 4/5>

Indeed, TamTam Mini is not fully integrated into the primary school curriculum, but it remains a formal instrument used by all learners. Therefore, it is not only as an instrument of music, but also as a means of communication. It becomes an educational activity to enable the student to establish itself sounds and share them with other students in her community or by the way.

Application pédagogique 1

Tam Tam Mini or the art of playing music

Level (s): From the 1st to the 5th grade of primary

Knowledge: The instruments of music, the beat, tempo and percussion

Savoirfaire': Combine different musical instruments

History:

The teacher invites students to explore sounds and instruments available in the grid right of the activity. They can combine the sounds of some instruments to a rhythm chant. Students are then asked to explore the concepts surrounding the percussion and pace. The controls to the left of the screen can be used for teacher demonstrate the concept of beat per measure of complexity of the beats and tempo.

Application pédagogique 2

Tam Tam Mini and wakefulness

Level (s): From the 1st to 3rd grade of primary

Knowledge: The Man, animals, objects, sounds

Savoirfaire: Distinguish the different sounds, objects and animals

History:

As part of an activity of exploration and enlightenment, the teacher may ask students to discover the sounds produced by animals and instruments. Thus, students distinguish the cries of animals, the sounds of musical instruments.

The teacher can go through questions:

What cry shall deliver the cow or sheep?

What sounds can we give the strings of a guitar?

User Guide of the Tam-Tam Mini

This activity TamTam Mini is the prospect Home. To access, click on on the icon TamTam Mini (represented by an icon with two drum sticks) with the left button (X) of the touchpad.

<image Home view>

After clicking on this icon, the most musical instruments appear in and out of a grid with pictures (of humans, animals and other objects used in the living environment).

<image gallery of sound instruments>

The choice of instruments is possible. To access, click on the left button (X) to activate the sound or instrument that we want to play. For play different sounds (the letters J and H, for example), you have to press the keys keyboard. It is possible to start a rate increase or decrease the speed of the tempo, why you should click on the Play button (represented by a green triangle) and move up or down four controls (beats per minute, complexity beat, Tempo and Volume). This activity leaves the possibility for the teacher to use the sounds or create new sounds. Thus, the sharing or exchange of our creations with our friends as possible is our ability to play the music between friends.

Activity Tam Tam Jam

Activity Summary

This activity enables students to assemble the pieces of music and sounds. It can several sequences with different rhythms and sounds, like a concert.

With this activity the instruments will not be mandatory, because the XO has a bank of instruments and sounds. The teacher could diversify the teachings on musical instruments.

Affordances of the activity

  • It can use several instruments and rhythms at once.
  • The student can control the tempo.
  • The student can control the volume and order of passage.
  • It can also compose and record his own music.

Degree of centrality of the activity

<image 5/5>

This course meets the curriculum of basic education, such as the 4th grade curriculum in Éveil (arts education and sports) to create and implement decorative arts with a desire to produce a rhythm by using a tool music and the 5th years namely to make complex projects in activities art (drawing, singing, handwork, music). It is therefore easy to integrate with curricula.

Application pédagogique 1

Recognition of different musical instruments and their categories

Level (s): 4th grade of primary

Knowledge: Instruments, percussion, wind instruments, stringed instruments.

Savoirfaire: Create and implement a concern with objects of art, to produce a rate using a musical instrument Regouper instruments by category within an orchestra.

History:

Students may create groups of harmonious sounds from the range that is presented. The teacher may ask students to choose a musical instrument, a sound, cry or prerecorded voice in the directory tab that appears at the bottom of the screen. Then the teacher asked to choose a rhythm in the tab Loops of associate it with sounds and instruments selected above and click to hear composition made. Through this variety the student has the opportunity to perform, create to record and listen to his music by clicking on the numbers and signs chosen to identify the instruments and sounds selected. At this point, students will be aware of his spirit of creativity in curricula sought in Enlightenment.

Application pédagogique 2

Mobilization capacity in the creation

Level (s): Grade 5

Knowledge: The singing, composition

Savoirfaire: Carry out complex projects in artistic activities. Ability to coordinate and harmonize the instruments, sounds and singing.

History:

According to the teacher, students can combine sounds to offices different and achieve the creation of a virtual orchestra. The teacher will ask the students to form a choir and with the XO, to compose music that can accompany. Students who succeed in producing a smooth and rhythmic music demonstrate their capacity for coordination and harmonization or engineering into sound. Instead of the traditional method of vocalization, the possibility is offered to students to use instruments and sounds like a DJ on a track.

User guide of the Tam-Tam Jam

To access the TamTam Jam in the XO, after opening, with a view Home, place the cursor on the icon represented by a drum associated with a trumpet and a guitar. Three options appear: Run, Remove the favorite, and Remove. Click on start pressing the left mouse button (represented by X) touch pad to enter the business. Or to go faster, click directly on the icon to return to the activity.

<image Home view>

This activity has several tabs. The tab includes options Jam Control Volume and Tempo. The 3rd tab Playback will stop the loop, to mute and a display (metronome) and a control beat. The Desktop tab is as a memory card that holds all the compositions made in different environments of the composition. The Save tab allows you to record new sounds using the microphone.

<image toolbar>

At the bottom of the screen there are drum kits (set of batteries and tam-tam), Loops (bank musical sequences), All (all types of sounds), Concrete (sound among objects excerpts from the environment), Animals (animal cries), Keyboard (keyboards), My sounds (my sons), People (the prerecorded voice of a child), Strings (instruments strings), Winds (wind instruments) and percussion.

<image Drum kits>

To form the orchestra, the student need only drag and drop to assemble instruments, sounds and musical sequences (loops). Click the right button (M) under the touchpad to access new options (control of reverberation, edition of the sequence of the beat to control the instrument, designated keyboard button to activate the instrument, etc.)..

<image Loops><image Loops panel>

The activity can be shared with neighbors and to dyads or triads. Students to discuss their different compositions, make suggestions, innovations from the draft class (for example, be a melody for Christmas or New Year). The ability to interact is developed and even Central in this activity. It develops the spirit of cooperation and creativity.

Activity Tam-Tam Edit

Activity Summary

The student can compose or play music alone or with other learners using sound effects, instruments or sounds. The XO is of promote the skills, ie to develop the ability to select a instrument sounds to choose and make melodies.

The educational benefits from the operation of the activity Tamtam Edit for teachers are that it has all the possible instruments: piano, clarinet, banjo, xylophone, etc.. more different sounds and different possibilities of adjustment, coordination, symbiosis and thus creating unlimited it can share with the whole group class.

Affordances of the activity

  • The learner is able to compose a melody using a variety instruments such as guitar, piano, flute, xylophone, clarinet ...
  • The learner is able to improve his compositions, incorporating other sounds of children, cries of animals (chickens, horses, frogs ...).
  • You can compose music and record instantly.
  • Can select for its creation or mimic the sounds generated by the XO.
  • It can save not only his keyboard, but also bring its music to ogg ie ready for export.
  • It can select the tools to mark the difference in notes music and frequency sounds (using the paint tool).
  • The computer offers green design tools for the preparation of notes music.
  • The learner can modify the volume of the tempo at will.
  • The XO offers modern music that the student can recognize or discover while having tones. It also includes animals and their cries respectifs.
  • Students can share all its activities both with the teacher with his neighborhood is composed of peers connected to the grid.
  • You may submit work to the teacher.
  • It may also involve his peers in his compositions, the latter can make their changes, their additions, etc..

Degree of centrality of the activity

<image 5/5>

In referring to the curriculum of 4th and 5th years and the 1st year's event Tam Tam Edit fits under Enlightenment. In 4th and 5th years eg

  • First-level 4 at the 22nd week, students will perform a song.
  • Then at level 5, the 29th week the knowledge of learners are built around instruments.
  • Two types of instruments are used: the percussion instruments (tamtam, drum) and wind instruments (flute, trumpet, harmonica ...).
  • At the end of learning, students will be able to use a percussion instrument or wind.

As a justification to integrate the curriculum, we can explain that the activity Tam Tam Edit the learner can compose music that accompany a song. The learner can also create his own music with instruments required by the curriculum, but it can enrich many other opportunities available to him including the XO to add sounds like the cries animals (bird, dog, etc..) or human voices. It may also share composition of music with others.

Application pédagogique 1

Compose a melody

Level (s): 4th grade of primary

Knowledge: The traditional songs and / or modern

Savoirfaire: Run a traditional song and / or modern.

History:

Students will create their own melody to the presentation of a ballet. As illustration, the First Symphony dyad Brigitte / Solange.

The student selects the section Dial, then it makes the choice of instruments music (frog, dog, rooster, balafon), then the sheet of paper, he shall record the sequences of musical notes to get the music you want.

Similarly, students in Grade 1 may be required to perform the anthem Group National (the Concorde).

Application pédagogique 2

Composition of a musical repertoire

Level (s): 4th grade of primary

Knowledge: Awareness of the value of traditional local songs and / or modern.

Savoirfaire: Enhance the original music (example: Elon, Ikokou, etc). Perform traditional songs and modern within a moderate band at the cultural day of school at the end of the year.

History:

Placed in groups of five, students will select musical instruments of XO, recognize those who are part of traditional culture (it should be noted that Gabon includes fifty ethnic groups), call or mimic melodies so that all together constitute a musical repertoire for the festival season.

User Guide of the Tam-Tam Edit

On the home page, place the cursor on the icon TamTam Edit, a window opens, click on the Run option, a page is opened.

<image Home view>

It presents the extreme left, a panoply of instruments (guitar, piano, tam-tam, etc.).. To change the instrument, click on their image. Click on the symbol of addition (+) to add a new instrument to the list.

<image Tam Tam Edit>

The bar tab of activity we offer three choices: Student Activities, Composer and Generate The Components tab displays a bar with three compartments.

<image Composer toolbar>

Left: a button Play / Pause, Stop another then a third keyboard Save and a final ogg to record sound to ogg format subsequently converted to MP3 or CD.

In the center there is a selection tool to move the clips, a pencil and a brush, which allows us to edit the clips of the instruments.

At right, a Copy button that makes a copy of the sequence. Finally a button Volume / Tempo that leave our slider to access the controls.

To compose a melody, click on the Compose tab, then select the instruments required.

<image Track properties>

Then click on the pencil to draw lines in front of the chosen instrument and points at the bottom of the page (which will be the sequence to play the instrument).

At the bottom of the screen lists the different sequences that make up your song.

The composition can be heard by clicking the Play button. To mark a stop to make an improvement, click the Pause button and insert arrangements desired.

We can improve the composition by adding the sounds of animals, the cries of birds or of children.

For the computer generates a sound or a sequence according to your settings, first click on the Generation tab.

<image Play toolbar>

The top bar to change option buttons Play / Pause and Stop are still, then added three more: generating a sound, then Property Generation. Leaving the cursor on the icon property, the latter lets you select the level of individual elements (a division of the grid, page color, transposition, pan, volume, etc.).

<image Properties panel>

Then, click, a window opens, it sets the pace, height, duration, scale and pattern of the melody generated.

<image Play panel>

Finally, it is possible to save your publication in the Journal of the XO retain for future use (use the Store procedure described on page 15 of Getting Started in XO and the Sugar environment V.8.2), or the record format ogg to export.

Conclusion

Ultimately, this chapter has attempted a description of the capabilities of XO in primary school Gabon. Far from being exhaustive, we accept that many activities can be exploited with the XO in school from primary school so unique. Similarly, it is possible to combine activities in the context of educational applications. Adapting to Gabon password, among other things, integration of XO in conformity with the curricula. To go further, we can still consider a Operating XO: pedagogy of the project.

Chapter 3

Introduction

This chapter suggests, by way of example, four projects that could be achieved by combining certain activities (or affordances) of the XO. These are projects on deforestation, disease, cultural heritage and national languages. As you see, these projects cover various fields of study. Each project is presented according to a style, because it seemed more important to reflect a certain variety of possible actions to unify the presentation of projects. However, each proposed project follows the methodology suggested by Gregory and Laferrière (1998):

<image Project path>

Project 1: The Herbarium at school

School project: "The herbarium at school. "

PROJECT DESCRIPTION

This project was designed to be completed in the fourth and / or fifth grade primary education system in Gabon.

FIRST PHASE: PREPARATION OF A DRAFT

Discussion of the feasibility of this project with two teachers, and Valentine Béranger, of Elementary School Application of the École Normale Supérieure. Both teachers found it very exciting and very timely especially as Valentine had already piloted a agriculture project with a third class of primary school. The "to the herbarium school "seemed feasible.

1 / CHOOSE THE THEME:

The choice of the theme is left to the discretion of the teacher or the teacher, through a discussion with the target class, the great movement of logging in the city of Libreville.

Learning Objectives:
  • Identify, photograph, name and recognition of certain plants in the environment closest to the student, here it is the courtyard of the school.
  • Identify some uses of plants.
  • Define the term "deforestation".
  • Identify some of the consequences of deforestation.
  • Raise awareness of the importance of plants in the environment of the student.
  • Planting trees in the school.
  • Develop a herbarium of 10 pages.

Skills and attitudes developed by students through the project:

  • Recognize, name awareness, planting trees, using the XO.

2 / TRACKING RESOURCE REQUIREMENTS:

Students will have access to resources in the library of the XO. They consult appropriate documents on the Internet, as well as software using the XO.

Obtaining the teacher of a student to leave school able to go to the National Herbarium in Libreville, and the herbarium of the University of Libreville.

3 / ORGANIZATION OF WORK:

The student must take ownership of the project, and the teacher play a role facilitator or resource person in the organization and execution of the project.

The teacher organizes the class into triads. Each triad is working on a plant. She photography plant using the XO, names using the information collected in the Bookstore XO, or exit at the National Herbarium and identifies some of the utilities plant. It makes this plant for a page and a page traditional electronic Herbarium.

Triads interchangent regularly each triad results and this in turn role its results to the class.

SECOND PHASE: IMPLEMENTATION OF THE PROJECT

The project may take the entire school year, one hour per week during the course of awakening. (It may take less time, about 6 months, if the teacher or the teacher decides to put the project to the time allotted to manual labor, 30 minutes per day in the Gabonese education system).

The teacher ensures that students respect the time and the interactions students help build a community of learners.

The teacher encourages frequent communication between learners, encourages, stimulates, corrects shooting, helping students to make regular updates on the development of their work.

4 / PROGRESSIVE DEVELOPMENT OF THOUGHT AND DOCUMENTS:

Progressive development within each triad, a thought of a living environment for humans, the presence of plants, and its responsibility for its balance.

Progressive development, by any group class of a herbarium of plants from electronic School classified through the bookstore or log XO.

Progressive development, by any group class, a traditional plant, consisting of 10 pages. Each page representing a plant by its leaves and / or dried flower, with its common name and scientific name, and some utilities to be its specificity.

Progressive development of a botanical garden, students will plant trees or few plants in the schoolyard.

5 / COORDINATION AND SUMMARY OF CONTRIBUTIONS:

Presentation to the whole class of tasks of each triad, questions and comments to enrich and enhance the collective production of the class.

The teacher spoke in front of the class to say what is positive compared to the project and improve deficiencies while encouraging and challenging.

THIRD PHASE: THE EXPLOITATION OF EDUCATIONAL PROJECT

6 / BACK ON THE PROJECT:

Once completed, the project should be allowed to teach the class group that Plants are essential to the human environment, as they provide oxygen, of food, shade etc ... Man must protect the plant from its environment and maintain such replanting.

7 / THE AFTERMATH OF THE PROJECT:

Development of a botanical garden, the primary school level. Students will plant some trees in the courtyard.

Exhibition of project results with other classes of the school and education other classes in respect of the environment including plants.

Sharing the results of the project with other schools in the city, rural or other countries through the Internet XO.

Project 2: Fight against unhealthy

The project will be implemented in three phases: design-implementation-evaluation.

Design

Note that to start the project includes all primary students, regardless of level. The difference will be simply at the level of involvement that can be associated with age, but the level of students.

The project may take place in three months from the school, which takes place in Gabon by me in October, ie in the first quarter. This schedule will have the advantage of seeing actions that can be achieved in the short medium and long term success.

The success of the project therefore involves the consideration of certain prior the teacher. In practice this means the teacher of around the question to identify a problem, so students should know what it is, identify information sources and the problem, then bring their reflections and proposals on possible solutions to this problem. In the case of the fight against unhealthy in Libreville, which is our example, we can make the following suggestions.

Define in simple terms and concepts appropriate to the statement taking into account the level of language study and students. Cleanliness, hygiene dirt would be in this optical concepts appropriate at all levels of primary education, ie the first to fourth year.

With the class, and from these definitions, a general view of the situation of the city Libreville identifying all sales areas without distinction. This concerns school in the neighborhood streets, etc..

To acquaint students with the origins and causes of this situation.

Awareness about the dangers of such a situation by referring to disease or even epidemics.

In practice this amounts to the unhealthy relationship between the city and work school. This will be to introduce students to the direct consequences of unhealthy academic performance. For example, show children that mosquitoes transmit malaria to humans, live not only in the high high grass around our schools and our homes, but also in wastewater ponds, gutters not priests populous neighborhoods of the capital of Gabon.

The project will then aim to make children aware of their rights and obligations to overcome this phenomenon. In this case, we will discuss ways human material and financial resources. The search, involving students in the design of this project through discussions in class to make them aware of problems in their environment and have a real impact on their lives. It is also to foster a spirit of civic involvement, foster cooperation, complementarity and solidarity.

Outturn

The executive phase of the project will be crucial to the extent it contains actions concrete that students faced in the field. These are the actions that materialize the child labor.

The teacher can organize such a tour of the class in a business of gathering and collecting garbage.

After this step, the integration of XO to the project is fundamental. It will use the little green computer as a tool for the class develops its thinking on the fight against unhealthy in Libreville.

The activities of XO, such as compute, discuss distance, scratch, draw, write, navigate, video interview will be widely used to carry out the project, even if others can also be requested. It may for example rely on the Géraldine contribution to illustrate the contribution of XO in this struggle that will lead students. In addition, for example, the design can be made to the prospectus on good reflexes such do not throw garbage anywhere, and other shows where the cast. Contrary to the view Jean Paulin's remarks are very relevant, I support activities that calculate distance and fit perfectly to the project. As illustration, we will say that the context itself offers this opportunity:

  • Those who know Libreville realize that very often the garbage bins are prepared to enter schools and colleges, high schools, the smell of waste indispose regular students, the same is being done in neighborhoods with latrines that are built anarchic.
  • It can also be observed in Libreville that the bins are inadequate insofar as willing are often overwhelmed and fill an hour after the passage of Trucking, the company responsible for the collection and garbage disposal!

For this reason one can measure the distance of the bins with the school or latrines with houses, calculate the volume of the garbage bin, the amount of waste produced by a individual, and also the number of inhabitants in the district to understand why overflowing garbage bins and draw conclusions.

On the other hand, the actions may be to formulate requests for aid to NGOs to redo the paint for example. Similarly, Parents can contribute to repair toilets in schools that most Gabon institutions do not work or are to be built.

Assessment

From the knowledge gained from the project ask students to make proposals to remedy as far as possible the situation.

The information gathered will be used by the teacher in his teaching to the curriculum and materials of the class. In level of civic education, he or she can educate students about the behavior the management of individual waste to the extent that very often people throw garbage in prohibited places, sometimes we can see that some are on the ground even when there is a garbage bin or trash can next to it. Students are also champions of this attitude, since very little throw their garbage in the garbage.

The evaluation will be done by observing the behavior of students, changes occurring in their environment, and attention that will give them the authority Municipal and especially parents about the need to clean up their environment.

Project 3: The bars and I

Introduction

The education system is marked by the last few years of reforms aimed to make it more effective. The most significant realization of what we may agree to call a mini revolution is the introduction of a competency-based approach (SBA) primary school. This means going beyond the mere mastery of objectives by providing atomic students the opportunity to mobilize resources to deal with situations - problems complex.

In the following contribution, we propose an enrichment of the APC The approach (or pedagogy) project. The precursors of this approach are the Americans and Dewey Kilpatrick, Ukrainian Makarenko and french Freinet.

We see this as an educational framework for students to go even further in the mobilization of resources acquired in school. Indeed, working on projects that affect their daily lives, students can make the expertise developed in the classroom. The project approach offers, in Moreover, the possibility to collaborate with their peers and with other resource persons to through the tool. The use of a computer network is really the element most striking of a learning project. With the help and support from their teacher or their teacher, children will activate around a project which they assumed responsibility. They will be able to "learn together and develop a community of learners "(Laferrière, 2005) which can go well beyond their class, their city and their own countries.

How to operationalize the project pedagogy in the context if a particular gabonaise school?

The purpose of the discussion that follows is to outline an answer to this important issue. In Indeed, our schools are too often problems such as lack of equipment didactic or overstaffing. We show how the project approach can be implemented taking into account these peculiarities.

The example presented here is a project whose theme could be "the bars and I 'to Students of a class of 5th grade. We will highlight the different steps for the realization of such a project: preparation, execution and exploitation pédagogique.

I - Project Preparation
Why this theme?

Pierre Monsard, academic gabonais died a few years ago, said not without reason that forty years of independence in Gabon, it was "constructed over pubs and bars and libraries. " This statement, knowing that anyone can Gabon reasonably challenging, well the problem of the proliferation of bars in our country. In the environment of the student, the bars are everywhere be it in the vicinity from home or near the school with their attendant nuisances. Among these disturbances on include the diurnal and nocturnal disturbance, alcoholism, smoking, etc..

In many families, the child is introduced very early in this universe. Indeed, it is not uncommon for young boys and girls of barely a decade are sent by their parents to buy beer or cigarettes at the nearest bar. And total violation of the law, the owners of these structures to sell alcohol and tobacco these minors. Thus, when a child buys a bottle of wine for example, there is no way to be sure it is not him - even eat.

No risk - so we not make alcoholics and smokers tomorrow?

The proliferation of bars in our cities is therefore to the fight against these scourges threaten our society.

Furthermore, bars are unique gabonais Walnut neighborhood in a real deluge of decibels at night and day. This course, once again, in contradiction with the Gabonese law prohibits noise. Sometimes the bars are so close to homes or schools, it is harder for children to work or simply to sleep because of the deafening sound of music. Thus, bars may negatively affect school performance.

It was just a few illustrations of the importance for students to reflect on the bars problem and propose possible solutions to minimize the effects negatively on their environment. However, experience shows that "for an approach project to succeed it must be close to his theme of life or centers of interest students "(Munro).

Featured Resources
  • Science courses (as of alcohol and tobacco on health is on the agenda 5th grade);
  • Courses in mathematics (calculation of expenditures caused by alcohol and tobacco, Students may produce statements of problems on the basis of questions asked of those who attend bars and solve these problems by mobilizing resources acquired class issues recorded by the camera XO);
  • French course (Preparation of a brochure, posters, ...);
  • NGO (Action for Gabon or UNESCO, WHO, ...);
  • Collaboration with other schools in the same city, Gabon or outside of Gabon for such comparisons;
  • Geography and drawing (Making a map of the neighborhood bars and their proximity to school)
  • Measurement of sound intensity in the bars with the XO;
Organization
→ Action Plan:
  • Duration: 10 weeks, a half - day per week which does not seem excessive because of the high level of core activities;
  • Create groups of five students each with specific tasks;
  • Entertainment in bars under the supervision of the teacher or the teacher for interviews, videos, photos with the XO;
  • Invitation to an NGO to explain the social consequences (destruction of the cell family), a doctor to explain the impact of alcohol, tobacco and pollution sound man.

II - The project

Progressive development of thought and documents

As that project activities are carried out, students must take aware of the adverse effects on them - and on their environment the existence of so many bars. It is the emergence of individuals who alcohol, smoking and noise are problems that require social find a solution. Indeed, in what is going on, these scourges have too tend to be trivialized. The bars are there, they exist in our living environment without s'émeuve no effect if their destructive for our country. It is not uncommon to Libreville, for example, to meet a person lying on the floor or on the sidewalk on the road, intoxicated causing death as passers hilarity.

→ One or more production

This awareness must lead to the realization of actions aimed at reducing adverse consequences in the life of students. This can be achieved by production of posters, leaflets, files, etc.. for their peers, to parents and the whole neighborhood. To fight against noise pollution for example, we can very well lead students to send a letter to the mayor of the commune in which located their neighborhood, to seek enforcement.

III - Educational Farms

Under this project, students were encouraged to make the contribution knowledge to solve a social problem that affects their lives. For example, competence in writing and speaking is put to to conduct interviews, prepare posters or leaflets.

From these interviews, children can collect data on expenditure daily to an individual bar. Then it may be useful to calculate the amount that individual spends monthly. This information can be used to produce statements of mathematical problems that will lead them to mobilize their knowledge in computing. Here, what is interesting is that the mathematical problem is not imposed on students, but it is them - themselves, from a social fact to them, go and ask the solve. The solution of the problem is simply an object of contemplation, but one more for the file and which will serve to convince.

Project 4: The national languages

Project Goal: Develop a glossary

Choose project:

The idea for a fact: the loss of national languages. Children speak up least in their languages. Hence the development of a glossary in order to practice local languages.

Resources:
  • Using the XO to save;
  • Adult speakers of each language listed;
  • The teacher as facilitator, coach learners to the development of glossary;
  • The activity will take place during the course of awakening, in 4th grade. The time spent for activity will depend on the organization of the teacher or the teacher.

Organization of work:

  • Identify the languages in the class to leave the groups in different languages;
  • Training groups. The groups will consist of speakers of the learners language. Those who find themselves alone integrate groups. The idea is that to learn another language, you should first speak their language;
  • Make a list of expressions and words in french, which will be contained in the glossary;
  • Collect data using the XO. Learners will record the voices of those resources and pronunciation of words and phrases will be maintained through the activity Memorize XO.
Coordination and synthesis of contributions:
  • Processing of data by class group. During this examination, the learners could share the different emotions that occurred during the harvest data with other groups through the activity of XO Talk;
  • Summary of groups and preparation of the glossary.

Note that this project will be for one quarter. The teacher's role would be to guide, guide learners suggestions, guidelines and attitudes to adopt for group work. Children will learn the polite phrases (hello, thank you, etc..), know the names of animals, trees, pets and will be encouraged to converse in local languages.

Continuation of the project:
  • Awareness campaign with games: For example, present an object (even photo) and ask other students to comment on the institution named in a local language. After the response, the group will bring the necessary correction, if need. Students could make a learning experience. Jurisdiction to develop, be able to translate a word or phrase local language.
  • New training group in class with people who did not work together (you can have two or three people from the same group) in the but to make them work in another language which is not necessarily theirs. The goal here is to encourage children to communicate in other langueslocales by exchanging other linguistic groups;
Development of another glossary.
  • Sharing a project in interaction with other institutions.

General Conclusion

Like many African countries, Gabon in recent years embarked on a profound overhaul of its education system, through a revision of curricula in primary education generally (1st, 2nd, 3rd, 4th and 5th years).

To do this, the integration of ICT and particularly the XO to school gabonaise, under the international context and further prospects of UNESCO and OECD, which are aimed at development goals of the educational world, is a privilege granted to the activities of learner and teacher training and the teacher.

As such, this study guide refers to a dual purpose: the effective introduction of ICT including the XO in school gabonais and its feasibility, if not its relevance. To do this, the guidelines outlined in this guide are attempts authentic and on the applicability of this project is to reduce the crucible of digital divide. The XO is therefore as a teaching tool that gives the opportunity to learn not only to perform a specific task or solve problem situations effectively, but mostly it can not work only with other players in his immediate environment (through the network mesh), but apply via the Internet of people belonging to more distant universe.

According socioconstructiviste prospects, the changes in education are linked to a political objective is to increase the capacity of learners to apply school knowledge to real world problems. In this perspective, this study guide has the ambition among others, to revisit the status of the teacher and the teacher. Indeed, now the teacher will become the guide and manager of the learning environment. Students are engaged in training activities or broad collaboration, cooperation and negotiation leitmotivs are allowing them to transcend the framework of the class and their provide the opportunity to engage effectively in the society of his time. This guide could then be used to support knowledge creation. Because the XO is a tool educational program which goes beyond the knowledge of school problems, it clearly includes the twenty-first century skills needed to create a new knowledge and engage in learning throughout life. After all, this guide is consistent with projects of international agencies educational leaders who put a singular emphasis on poverty reduction and improving the quality of life.

This guide is built into a triptych: technological literacy, deepening of knowledge and knowledge creation. Such are the terms that have contributed positively to the update of this study guide of XO.

Glossary

Activity Measure

Base frequency: Start of an action or an event that happens several times

Base time: Beginning of a period, a time

Probes based sensors that can measure its different elements

Sounds: Sound

Activity Speak

Requirements: Form a general or all elements of a tool computer

Connect network to link multiple computers (interconnection)

Crochet: Crochet

Dyad: Couple of two persons

Face: Face

Frequency: Frequency

Game: Thursday

Glasses: Glasses, glasses

Icon: Graphic symbol displayed on a screen and corresponding, in a software, executing a specific task

Ripple: light and regular movement of a sound that rises and lowers alternately

Tabs: Open where you can insert additional information

Oscillation: Change, change and alternative irregular

Round: Round

Speak: Speak (in french)

Triad: A group of three people

Voice: Voice

Wave form: A form of wave

TamTam Edit activity

Mode: Each of the specific provision of the range characterized by the provision of intervals (tones and semitones)

Drone and jump: Bourdon and jump

Ivre: Exalté

Loop segment: Part of a ring

Property: What is proper, the particular quality

Filter cutoff: Interrupt

Reverberation: The persistence of sound in an enclosed or semi-closed after interruption of the sound source

Pan: Part of a musical instrument

Generated: Create or produce Generation Action to generate, generate, stage of technological progress in a certain domain

Tempo: Movement runs in which a musical work

Track properties: Property of a piece of music

References: